Pinal County Oracle Public Works Facility Pinal County Project No.60640621 1410 N. Justice Drive
BWS Project Number: 1713.000
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Volume 2 of 3 03/30/2018
RED AR TE CH IS IT G ICA E E T I F TE N C R ER O T C 23533 . ARCHITECTS ROBIN A. SHAMBACH
. BURNS WALD-HOPKINS SHAMBACH ARCHITECTS D 8 a /1 . t 0 . e /3 . . A S i 3 . 261 North Court Avenue R g n e d .0 . A I . Tucson, Arizona, 85701 Z . S O N A , U 520.795.2705 www.bwsarchitects.com EXPIRES 06/30/2019
CONSULTANTS
CIVIL STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL Matrix Design Group, Inc. Turner Structural Engineering Adams & Assoc. Engineers 2020 N Central Ave., Suite 1140 3026 N Country Club Rd. 6422 E Speedway Blvd, Suite 130 Phoenix, AZ 85004 Tucson, AZ 85716 Tucson, AZ 85710 Phone: 602.288.8344 Phone: 520.323.3422 Phone: 520.323.3858
ELECTRICAL M3 Engineering & Technology 2051 W. Sunset Rd., Suite 101 Tucson, AZ 85704 Phone: 520.293.1488
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 PUBLIC WORKS MAINTENANCE BUILDING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PROJECT MANUAL Pinal County PUBLIC WORKS MAINTENANCE BUILDING PROJECT Oracle, Arizona PN 60640621
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
March 30, 2018
INVITATION FOR BIDS PACKET – VOLUME 1 Invitation for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid Proposal General Provisions Special Provisions and Specifications Certification of Intentions Concerning Subcontracting Noncollusion Affidavit Affidavit of Suspension and/or Debarment Pre-Approved Equal Application Form Original Contract Agreement Form
BID SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 2
Division 1 – General Requirements 011000 Summary 011400 Work Restrictions 012000 Project Meetings 012100 Allowances 013300 Submittals 014000 Quality Requirements 015000 Temporary Facilities 017000 Project Closeout 017819 Project Record Documents 017820 Warranties 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data
PROJECT MANUAL CONTENTS 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 PUBLIC WORKS MAINTENANCE BUILDING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Division 2 – Existing Conditions – Not Used
Division 3 - Concrete 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete
Division 4 – Masonry – Not Used
Division 5 - Metals 051200 Structural Steel 055000 Metal Fabrications
Division 6 – Wood, Plastics, and Composites 061000 Rough Carpentry 064023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 066400 FRP Panels
Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection 079200 Joint Sealers
Division 8 - Doors and Windows 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 081115 Prefinished Steel Frames 081416 Flush Wood Doors 083323 Overhead Coiling Doors 087100 Finish (Door) Hardware and Hardware Schedule
Division 9 – Finishes 092900 Gypsum Drywall Systems 095133 Acoustical Ceilings 096500 Resilient Flooring and Resilient Accessories 096516 Sheet Flooring and Resilient Accessories 099100 Painting
Division 10 – Specialties 101400 Building Numerals 102800 Toilet and Bath Accessories 105220 Fire Extinguishers and Brackets
Division 11 – Equipment 114001 Heavy Duty Four Post Track Type Vehicle Lift
Division 12 – Furnishings - Not Used
PROJECT MANUAL CONTENTS 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 PUBLIC WORKS MAINTENANCE BUILDING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Division 13 - Special Construction 133419 Metal Building System
Division 14 – Conveyances – Not used
Division 21- Fire Protection – See Drawings
Division 22 – Plumbing Section 224000 – Plumbing
Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section 230500 – Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 230593 – Testing, Adjusting & Balancing (TAB) Section 230700 – Mechanical Insulation Section 232000 – Building Services Piping Section 233000 – Air Distribution
Division 26 – Electrical 260500 General Electrical Provisions 262700 Basic Materials and Methods 265100 Lighting Fixtures
Division 28 – Electronic Security – Not Used
Division 31 – Earthwork 312000 Earthwork Geotechnical Investigation Report 313116 Termite Control
Division 32 – Exterior Improvements 321216 Asphalt Paving 321313 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 323113 Chain Link Fencing
Division 33 – Utilities – NA
DRAWINGS – VOLUME 3
END OF CONTENTS
PROJECT MANUAL CONTENTS 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: The project consists of the construction of a new fleet maintenance facility at the existing Oracle Maintenance Facility on Justice Road in Oracle, Arizona. It consists of a pre-engineered steel building structure fitup in for offices, storage, and vehicle maintenance. Work includes utility extensions, HVAC for the offices; evaporative cooling and exhaust systems for the storage and maintenance areas. Work also includes new parking and driveways, some site work and fencing, and steel canopies at existing material stockpiles.
B. There is an historic cast-in-place jail cell on the site which shall be protected during the work.
C. There is extensive overex and recompaction required to remove loose fill below the footprint of the new building. See attached Geotechnical Report.
1. Project Location: Oracle, Arizona 2. Owner: Pinal County BOARD OF SUPERVISORS Owner Contact: Archie R. Carreon-Project Manager Florence, AZ 85132 Tel: 520/866-6416 Fax: 520/866-6511
D. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated March 30, 2018 were prepared for the Project by BWS Architects and their consultants. The architect’s contact is Chris Pinkerton, Project Architect, [email protected].
1.3 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: Site is on an existing facility maintenance site maintained by Pinal County. The entire site is fenced and there is plenty of room for Contractor parking and staging, but this shall be coordinated with maintenance personnel resident at the site. Access to operating facilities shall be maintained.
1.4 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 50-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" 2004 numbering system.
1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross- referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.
SUMMARY 011000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY DESIGN DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENTS
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents may be abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
1.5 LAYING OUT OF THE WORK: Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all drawings, each with the other, that in any way affect the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Architect for verifications and adjustments. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on the Contractor's part to comply with this provision shall be done at his sole expense.
A. The drawings accompanying these specifications indicate generally the design and arrangement of all apparatus, fixtures, accessories, etc., necessary to complete the work required. The exact location or arrangement of equipment is subject to minor changes necessitated by field conditions and shall be made as required without additional cost to the Owner.
B. If there is a discrepancy between documents, the most stringent requirements shall be assumed to apply to the work.
C. Surveys, Benchmarks, Lines and Levels: Working from data established by his property survey, Contractor shall establish and maintain benchmarks and other dependable markers and set lines and levels for the work on site as needed to properly locate each element of entire project. Contractor shall calculate and measure required dimensions as shown (within recognized tolerances). Contractor shall not scale drawings to determine dimensions. Contractor shall advise tradesmen performing the work of marked lines and levels provided for their use in layout of work.
D. EXISTING CONDITIONS:
1. The existing utilities and other conditions shown or referred to on the drawings or in the specifications were located from existing reference drawings. While it may be reasonable to assume that the locations are reasonably accurate, the Contractor shall utilize Blue Staking Services or County facilities information as available for all areas where existing utilities are known or thought to exist. Contractor should use extreme caution in trenching, cutting asphalt or concrete, etc., in the event that existing utilities are other than as may indicated on the drawings.
2. If the Contractor should encounter utilities or site conditions not shown on available reference materials, immediately notify the Architect who will direct
SUMMARY 011000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Contractor in removal, repair, and/or rerouting of utilities and resolution of unexpected conditions.
3. Utility Shutdowns: Contractor shall coordinate closely with Owner’s Representative for all utility shutdowns and changeovers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011000
SUMMARY 011000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 011400 - WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 USE OF PREMISES
A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Confine construction operations to areas denoted on construction drawings. 2. Driveways and Entrances: Use marked roads for typical construction traffic; keep other driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available at all times. Use only Owner-designated areas for parking or storage of materials. 3. Owner will continue to occupy existing buildings on the site until construction is completed. Coordinate to allow continuous Owner operations at the site.
1.3 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of work, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy. 3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will provide, operate, and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building. 4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011400
WORK RESTRICTIONS 011400 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 012000 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
B. SUMMARY: This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to:
Pre-construction conference Pre-Installation Conferences Coordination meetings Progress meetings
C. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
1. To be held after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities.
2. Attendees: The Owner, Architect, and their consultants, the Contractor and his superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as:
tentative construction schedule critical work sequencing designation of responsible personnel procedures for processing change orders procedures for processing applications for payment distribution of contract documents process for submittals of shop drawings, product data and samples preparation of record documents office, work, access, and storage areas equipment deliveries and priorities housekeeping working hours
4. The Owner's Representative or the Architect will chair the conference, record significant discussions and distribute copies of minutes of the conference promptly to everyone concerned.
PROJECT MEETINGS 012000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES:
1. Conduct a pre-installation conference at the site before each major construction activity that requires coordination with multiple subcontractors. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration.
2. The General Contractor will chair the conferences, record significant discussions of each conference, record agreements, disagreements, along with final plan of action and will distribute copies of minutes of each conference promptly to everyone concerned.
E. COORDINATION MEETINGS:
1. Conduct coordination meetings with subcontractors as required to expedite job progress. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special pre-installation meetings.
2. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved.
F. PROGRESS MEETINGS:
1. Job site meetings will be held to coordinate, expedite, and schedule the work of this contract. At a minimum, meetings shall be held weekly at the job site with the Owner's representative, Architect's representative, and Contractor's Project Manger and Site Superintendent. Weekly progress meetings will continue through to final completion of the project. The Contractor will report on the progress of the construction, review "as-built" conditions, and provide an update on the schedules. Conduct weekly progress meetings at the Project site. Coordination meetings may be held concurrently with progress meetings.
2. Agenda: Review, correct and approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the project.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's construction schedule, whether on time or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. Review other items of significance that could affect progress.
PROJECT MEETINGS 012000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4. Documentation Status: Review status of critical submittals, requests for information, proposal requests/change proposals, change orders, and similar items.
5. The Architect will chair the meetings, record significant discussions and, soon after each meeting, distribute copies of minutes of each meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present.
END OF SECTION 012000
PROJECT MEETINGS 012000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.
1. Certain materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. In some cases, these allowances include installation. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order.
B. Types of allowances include the following:
1. Lump-sum allowances.
1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.
B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders.
B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.
3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance No. 1: Provide an allowance in the Base Bid of SEVENTY FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($75,000) for Owner’s use as a construction contingency fund.
END OF SECTION 012100
ALLOWANCES 012100 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
1. General: The types of submittal requirements specified in this section include shop drawings, product data, samples and miscellaneous work-related submittals. Individual submittal requirements are specified in applicable sections for each unit of work. Refer to other Division-1 sections and other contract documents for requirements of administrative submittals.
2. Submittal Review Process: GC shall provide submittals to the Architect who shall distribute as needed to sub-consultants and receive their comments. All comments shall be forwarded to the Architect who will make formal return of submittal and comments to the General Contractor.
4. Definitions: Work-related submittals of this section are categorized for convenience as follows:
a. Shop drawings include specially-prepared technical data for the project, including drawings, diagrams, performance curves, data sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, calculations, instructions, measurements and similar information not in standard printed form for general application to more than one project.
b. Product data include standard printed information on materials, products and systems; not specially-prepared for this project, other than the designation of selections from among available choices printed therein. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, applications for labels and seals, maintenance information, and special coordination requirements for installation.
c. Samples include both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials, products and units of work; both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of work; either for limited visual inspection or (where indicated) for more detailed testing and analysis.
d. Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the work (non-administrative) include warranties, coordination drawings, maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, survey data and reports, physical work records, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry standards, record
SUBMITTALS 013300 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
drawings, field measurement data, operating and maintenance materials, overrun stock, and similar information, devices and materials applicable to the work and not processed as shop drawings, product data or samples.
C. Intent: Architect's review of shop drawings is intended to be a preview of what the Contractor intends to provide and will function as an effort to foresee unacceptable materials or methods and to avoid the possibility of their rejection at the project site. Architect will review submittals only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed at the site; for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; for actual quantities of items to be furnished; and for coordination of the work of all trades. The Architect's approval of a specific item does not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.
D. GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. Coordination and Sequencing: The GC shall develop a Submittal Register concurrent with development of other project management documents. It shall contain a full listing of all required submittals for each specification section and shall be used to verify that all required submittals are prepared, submitted and reviewed prior to incorporation into the work.
2. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of the work so that work will not be delayed by submittals. Coordinate and sequence different submittals for same work, and for interfacing units of work, so that one unit of work will not be delayed for coordination with another.
3. No fabrication of work shall be done or any parts thereof shipped to site prior to approval of required submittals for such work.
4. Submittals will not be reviewed which do not bear Contractor's signature and statement that Contractor has reviewed submittal and the contents of the submittals are in full conformity with the contract documents, except as noted. Contractor will be held responsible for any delay in the progress of the work which may be due to his failure to observe these requirements, and the time for the completion of his contract will not be extended on account of his failure to submit information promptly.
5. Review Times: The schedule of shop drawings shall include 14 days for review of each submittal by the Architect, although the Architect and Contracting Officer’s representative will attempt to review submittals as quickly as possible. For complex submittals allow for a ten day resubmittal review time by the Architect and Contracting Officer’s representative. Revise submittal schedule and resubmit when progress deviates from previous schedule by 7 days.
E. Preparation of Submittals: Each submittal shall be provided a tracking number which always identifies only that particular submittal. Provide permanent marking on each
SUBMITTALS 013300 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking and provide space for "Action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office will be returned "without action".
1. On the transmittal with the submittal record the specification division number and title (for instance, 074213 – Metal Roofing). Also place tracking number on each submittal and record it in the submittal log.
2. Installer's Copy: Do not proceed with ordering or installation of materials, products or systems until final copy of applicable submittal is in possession of Installer.
3. Quality Control Site Copy: Maintain a complete set of submittals at the project site, available for review and quality control comparisons by the Owner and Architect.
F. Additional Distribution and Coordination of Submittals by Contractor: Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in foregoing copy submittal requirements) to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing authorities and others as necessary for proper coordination of the work. Include such additional copies in transmittal to Architect where required to receive "Action" marking before final distribution. Show such distributions on transmittal forms.
G. SPECIFIC-CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. SUBMITTALS - ELECTRONIC
a. In lieu of providing multiple hard copies, submittals shall be provided in electronic format as PDF's. Submittals must comply with the requirements of the Submittals paragraph above.
b. Submittals shall be delivered via the same hierarchy as if they were hard copies.
c. Submittals shall be complete with a cover sheet (just like if it were a hard copy).
d. Files may be color or black and white, but the file sizes shall be minimized.
e. Documents which contain signatures must be scanned for inclusion into the submittal package. Do not include unsigned versions in the submittal.
f. Files shall be free of viruses and complete.
SUBMITTALS 013300 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
g. If the submittal file size is too large, cannot be read (illegible) or opened or is corrupted and unstable, then a new electronic copy shall be created by the sender. If, for some reason, electronic submission is not possible submit 3 hard copies.
2. Shop Drawings: Provide newly-prepared information, with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated), with name of preparer indicated (firm name). Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance with standards, and special coordination requirements. Do not allow shop drawing copies without appropriate final "Action" markings by Architect and Contracting Officer’s representative or consultant to be used in connection with the work.
3. Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. Maintain one set of product data (for each submittal) at project site, available for reference by Architect and others.
4. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): Comply with OSHA Globally Harmonized System.
a. Provide MSDS for all material which may affect building occupants. Refer to individual sections for MSDS submittals.
b. Contractor shall maintain binder at the job site with MSDS for all materials used in the work.
5. Submit all submittals for equipment in a given system, such as an air handling system, at one time under one cover.
a.. Piping, conduit, equipment, etc. submittals shall be accompanied with support/suspension information intended to be used for installation.
6. Inspection and Test Reports: Classify each as either "shop drawing" or "product data", depending upon whether report is uniquely prepared for project or a standard publication of workmanship control testing at point of production, and process accordingly.
8. Standards: Where submittal copy is indicated, and except where specified integrally with "Product Data" submittal, submit a single copy for Architect's and Contracting Officer’s representative’s use. Where workmanship at project site and elsewhere is governed by standard, furnish additional copies to fabricators, installers and others involved in performance of the work.
SUBMITTALS 013300 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
9. Closeout Submittals: Refer to Section 017700, Closeout Procedures for specific requirements on submittal of closeout information, materials, tools and similar items. Comply with these requirements unless other more stringent requirements are specified elsewhere.
H. ACTION ON SUBMITTALS: Submittals will be returned to the General Contractor by the Architect with Submittal or Shop Drawing Review stamps stating required General Contractor action.
END OF SECTION 013300
SUBMITTALS 013300 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 through 32 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements.
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
C. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
1.4 DELEGATED DESIGN
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:
1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.
C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.
G. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods.
1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on Project.
2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
1.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform quality control testing as specified. Contractor is responsible for retesting and reinspecting if initial quality control tests reveal work that fails to comply with the Contract Documents.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 2. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 3. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
1. Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.
D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing.
E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples. 5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 014000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Specific general administrative and procedural actions are specified in this section, as extensions of provisions in General Conditions and other contract documents. Nothing in this section is intended to limit types and amounts of temporary work required, and no omission from this section will be recognized as an indication that such temporary activity is not required for successful completion of the work and compliance with requirements of contract documents. Provisions of this section are applicable to, but not by way of limitation, utility services, construction facilities, support facilities, and security/protection provisions.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE: In addition to compliance with governing regulations and rules/recommendations of utility companies, comply with specific requirements indicated and with applicable local industry standards for construction work.
D. JOB CONDITIONS:
1. General: Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the work. Terminate use and remove facilities at earliest reasonable time, when no longer needed or when permanent facilities have, with authorized use, replaced the need.
2. Conditions of Use: Install, operate, maintain and protect temporary facilities in a manner and at locations which will be safe, non-hazardous, sanitary and protect persons and property, and free of deleterious effects.
E. TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES:
1. The types of services required include, but not by way of limitation, water, sewerage, surface drainage, electrical power and telephones. Locate and relocate services (as necessary) to minimize interference with construction operations.
2. Services are available at the site, and the Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to assume payment for all costs as work begins.
3. Drinkable Water: Contractor shall provide and distribute water as needed for the work. Provide backflow prevention as required by local authorities.
4. Temporary Power: Connect and distribute as needed for the work. a. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment.
b. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard- service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress.
c. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture.
5. Temporary Construction Lighting: A temporary lighting system shall be furnished, installed and maintained as required to satisfy minimum requirements of safety and security. The temporary lighting system shall afford general illumination in all building areas and shall supply not less than 1 W/sq. ft. of floor area for illumination in the areas of the building where work is being performed.
6. Dust Control: Contractor shall provide watering or other measures to control excessive dust, flying particles, or other visible air pollution at construction site in accordance with local codes.
7. Toilet Facilities: Provide clean, well-maintained portable toilets during construction in compliance with OSHA requirements. Locate as coordinated with Owner.
8. Contractor Parking: Parking of Contractor's vehicles and vehicles of the Contractor's employees, as well as access to the site, shall be coordinated with Owner and site representatives.
9. Ventilation: Provide adequate temporary ventilation in enclosed areas to prevent accumulation of excess moisture, dust and dangerous vapors.
10. Permanent Utilities: When the permanent utilities and services have been installed, they may be used as a source for construction purposes provided that the Contractor obtains the approval of the Architect; assumes full responsibility for the systems; and pays costs of maintenance and restoration of the systems to new condition.
F. TEMPORARY SUPPORT FACILITIES:
1. The types of temporary support facilities required include, but not by way of limitation, storage sheds, fabrication sheds, sanitary facilities, drinking water, first aid facilities, bulletin board, clean-up facilities, waste disposal service, rodent/pest control and similar miscellaneous general services, all as may be reasonably required for proficient performance of the work and accommodation of personnel at the site including Owner's personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary support facilities, and make incidental similar use of permanent work of the project, only when and in manner authorized by the Architect; and, if not
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
otherwise indicated, immediately before time of substantial completion. Locate temporary support facilities for convenience of users, and for minimum interference with construction activities.
2. Contractor can use an existing space for a small office and job site meetings will be held in the existing office building meeting room. Provide a laptop for site superintendent and cell phones for all critical parties.
G. SECURITY/PROTECTION PROVISIONS:
1. Contractor is responsible for: Controlling access to the work area; providing appropriate safety and warning signs; securing materials stored on site to prevent theft. Protection provisions required include, but not by way of limitation, fire protection, barricades, warning signs/lights, site enclosure fence, building enclosure/lockup, environmental protection, and similar provisions intended to minimize property losses, personal injuries and claims for damages at project site.
2. Security: The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the building during the construction period. Provide secured storage areas for all equipment and materiel stored outside the building envelope.
3. Fire Protection: The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage. Where electric or gas welding or cutting is done, shields of incombustible material shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot metal.
a. Fire Extinguishers: Provide types, sizes, numbers and locations as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during early stages, by personnel at project site.
5. Emergency Situations: Contractor shall provide to Owner and Architect a current list of 3 key employees available in case of off-hour emergencies. Post numbers of fire, police, ambulance, nearest medical center, and similar services by phone at site trailer.
6. Safety: The Contractor shall comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and shall submit a written statement to the Architect that he will do so.
END OF SECTION 015000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 017000 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1. Section 017819 – Project Record Documents 2. Section 017820 – Warranties 3. Section 017823 – Operation and Maintenance Data
B. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
1. Definitions: Closeout is hereby defined to include general requirements near end of Contract Time, in preparation for final acceptance, final payment, normal termination of contract, occupancy by Owner and similar actions evidencing completion of the work. Specific requirements for individual units of work are specified in sections of Division 2 through 50. Time of closeout is directly related to "Substantial Completion", and therefore may be either a single time period for entire work or a series of time periods for individual parts of the work which have been certified as substantially complete at different dates. That time variation (if any) shall be applicable to other provisions of this section.
2. Date of Substantial Completion of work or designated portion of the work is the date certified by the Owner and the Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with Contract Documents, so Owner can occupy or utilize the work or designated portion of the work for use which it is intended, as expressed in Contract Documents.
C. PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
1. General: Prior to requesting inspection for certification of substantial completion (for either entire work or portions thereof), complete the following activities and list known deficiencies in request:
2. List all work remaining which is known to be incomplete and transmit to Architect at time of request for observation.
3. In final payment request coincident with or first following date claimed, show either 100% completion for portion of work claimed as "substantially complete", or list incomplete items, value of incompletion, and reasons for being incomplete.
4. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
6. Submit warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents as required in particular specification sections.
7. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner's full and unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities, including (where required) occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
8. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items to Owner at direction of and with documentation to Architect. Obtain receipt of material delivery from Owner's Representative to be submitted for final payment.
9. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instructions of Owner's operating/maintenance personnel. Discontinue (or change over) and remove from project site temporary facilities and services, along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups and similar elements.
10. Complete final cleaning up requirements.
D. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of Contractor's request, Architect will conduct preliminary inspection and advise Contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, Architect will prepare list of work which must be performed prior to final inspection and issuance of certificate; and will repeat inspection when requested and assured that work has been substantially completed.
1. It is recommended that the Contractor allow adequate time for inspection and review of shakedown operation of equipment and systems, and time for remedy by the Contractor of deficiencies or incomplete work discovered in the prefinal acceptance inspections.
2. Inspections for Project Close-out: Staged inspections will be carried out in the following manner:
a. Preliminary investigations of subsystems or project segments carried out during the course of construction, including informal inspections by the Owner, Architect and Associates.
3. Appropriate O & M manuals, and training shall be provided by the Contractor. Training for security systems, HVAC systems, control systems, and electrical systems shall be held on-site. Contractor shall provide training videos for these systems, if available, which document the operation and maintenance processes for reference use of maintenance personnel.
4. This phase of close-out inspections will result in written reports of specified tests and construction procedures required. All major deficiencies shall be corrected and verified prior to the next inspection.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Preliminary inspections of systems and major project segments, to be undertaken when all major connective services, instrumentation, and materials are in-place to verify functional completeness. These pre-final inspections will include, but not be limited to, shake-down operational review of all systems included in the project. This inspection shall commence at a point mutually agreed upon, when the system to be inspected can satisfactorily be reviewed for functional completeness.
6. Final inspection will not be made until the contract work is ready for substantial completion. The Contractor shall notify the Architect no later than fifteen working days prior to the date on which the work will be ready for final inspection. Should it develop that the work installed does not justify such inspection at that time, or that the character of the materials or workmanship is such that reinspection is found necessary, the cost of such reinspection including the salary, traveling expense and other expenses of the inspector(s) shall be borne by the Contractor and will be deducted from any money due the Contractor on this Contract.
7. Final inspection shall be completed prior to consideration of Final Acceptance by the Owner and Architect. All previously noted deficiencies or construction conditions identified as incomplete shall be verified corrected by the end of this phase of inspection, and prior to a call for Final Acceptance inspection.
E. PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE:
1. General: Prior to requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following and list exceptions (if any) in request. These items to be furnished in duplicate, bound in 3-ring notebooks, marked "Closeout Documents" on cover.
2. Submit final payment application with other documentation as required. Include final lien waivers as appropriate.
3. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.
4. Submit certified copy of Architect's final punch-list of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
5. Submit final meter readings for utilities, and similar data as of the date of the Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed final responsibility for corresponding elements of the work.
6. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
7. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement (as applicable).
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
F. Reinspection Procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's notice that work has been completed, including punch-list items resulting from earlier inspections, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstances, Owner and Architect will reinspect work. Upon completion of reinspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of final acceptance or advise Contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for final acceptance. If necessary, procedure will be repeated.
G. RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS: See other sections in Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
1. General Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance or operation to meet with Owner's personnel at project site to provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and maintenance of entire work. Include instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. Review maintenance manuals, including training videos, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate start-up, shut-down, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, and similar operations. Review maintenance and operations in relation with applicable warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar continuing commitments.
B. FINAL CLEANING:
1. General: Special cleaning for specific units of work may be specified in sections of Divisions 2 through 16. Provide final cleaning of the work, at time indicated, consisting of cleaning each surface or unit of work to like-new condition. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning operations. The following are examples, but not by way of limitation, of cleaning required:
a. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels.
b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and all exterior and interior glazing, including windows and door glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are vision-obscuring. Replace broken glass and damaged transparent materials.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017000 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable substances. Except as otherwise indicated, avoid disturbance of natural weathering of exterior surfaces.
d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean; remove excess lubrication and other substances.
e. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces.
f. Clean interior concrete floors using broom and damp mop. Sweep exterior concrete surfaces and remove all dirt, grease, stains, and other deleterious materials caused by construction processes.
g. Clean light fixtures and lamps to function with full efficiency. Replace burned out lamps.
h. Clean project site of litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas to a broom-clean condition; remove stains, oil spills and other foreign deposits. Rake any disturbed adjacent grounds, which are neither planted nor paved, to a smooth, even-textured surface.
i. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during course of the work to protect previously completed work during remainder of construction period.
j. Clean building spaces used during construction.
k. Compliances: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations. Do not burn waste materials at site, or bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property, or discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems; remove waste materials from site and dispose of in a lawful manner.
C. WALK-THROUGH WARRANTY INSPECTION: The Owner, Architect, and Contractor will to make a two-year warranty inspection of the entire project prior to expiration of the warranty period. Architect will notify the Owner and Contractor in writing of items requiring correction under the provisions of the warranties and guaranties.
END OF SECTION 017000
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017000 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 017819 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Divisions 2 through 50 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of products in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked-up Record Prints.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017819 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017819 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
B. Asbestos: GC shall provide a letter stating that to the best of his knowledge, no asbestos- containing materials were installed on the project.
C. Subcontractors: Provide a complete list of project subcontractors, stating area of work each is responsible for, and a contact and phone number for each.
D. As-Built Color/Material Schedule: Provide a list of finish materials, stating manufacturer, color, place of use, and a contact for the particular material. Include paint colors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 017819
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017819 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 017820 - WARRANTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers’ standard warranties on products and special warranties.
1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the Work.
B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.
B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction.
B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition within 15 working days after notification by Owner, unless the Contractor can show that parts cannot be obtained in a timely manner. The Owner may complete such work if it is not completed by the Contractor in the provided time period, and the Owner shall charge the Contractor for any costs incurred in completion of the work. The performance of the work by the Owner shall not void or jeopardize warranties associated with the
WARRANTIES 017820 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
work in any way. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
F. PROJECT WARRANTY: This warranty shall not replace or supercede any warranty requirements of particular sections of the specifications, but is in addition to those warranties. The General Contractor shall provide a project warranty for a period of TWO YEARS following the date of the Substantial Completion of the project. The General Contractor shall provide a general project warranty supported by warranties from each of the subcontractors. All warranties shall state time of beginning of warranty, period of warranty, shall be an original document on the company's official letterhead, shall be signed by an authorized agent of the company and shall be notarized.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect.
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work.
B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution.
C. Prepare a written document utilizing the appropriate form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution.
1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 50 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
WARRANTIES 017820 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile 2 copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.
E. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl-covered loose- leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11- inch.
1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Installer.
2. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project title or name, and name of the Contractor.
3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 017820
WARRANTIES 017820 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes, systems and equipment.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 017000 – Project Closeout for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Divisions 2 through 50 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for products in those Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Initial Submittal: Submit 1 draft copy of each manual to the Architect for review
1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of each corrected manual to the Owner, along with all material on a CD or flash drive.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by representatives and prepare manuals.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:
1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch 20-lb white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.
2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures.
B. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
2.4 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.
E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.
E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.
F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.
C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents."
G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 017823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies concrete work, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Concrete work includes the following:
1. Foundations. 2. Regular weight aggregate concrete slabs-on-grade and equipment pads. 3. Sealing of interior exposed concrete floors as scheduled on drawings. 4. Site walls for material bunkers.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Section 079200 – Joint Sealers for semi-rigid joint filler for floor joints.
2. See Section 321313 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving for non-structural exterior concrete paving and walks.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
1. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories including form boards, sealers, admixtures and additives, patching compounds, joint systems, curing compounds, and others if requested by Architect.
2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures.
B. Concrete mix designs for each concrete mixture and strength.
C. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design tests.
D. Material certificates are acceptable instead of material laboratory test reports. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
E. QUALITY ASSURANCE
Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
1.4 Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at Contractor's expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Unexposed Finish and Utilitarian Concrete (Bunker): Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 mg/l volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
D. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed, sizes as noted on Standard Structural Notes.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel.
C. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
D. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. Sand shall be clean manufactured or natural sand.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions.
F. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures.
G. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
H. Interior Concrete Floor Sealer: Silane water and oil repellent deep penetrating sealer. Long lasting, vapor transmitting, non-glossy.
BASIS OF DESIGN: ProSoCo StandOff SLX100 Water & Oil Repellent.
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171.
1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
C. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Liquid-type membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq. meter when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. V.O.C. compliant.
D. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements.
2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
1. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. 2. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 15 percent of cement content by weight.
B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect.
C. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as noted under Concrete on General Structural Notes S0.1.on Concrete.:
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work.
E. Proportion concrete mixtures as follows:
1. 3000 psi Concrete: 480 lbs. minimum cement per cubic yard.
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent within the following limits: All concrete 2 - 4%.
B. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete as needed to enhance placement and workability.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2. Use prepackaged or regulated injection of integral colorant to provide consistent color from load to load.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL: Coordinate the installation of joint materials and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement to top or bottom of slab. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as shown on shop drawings and reviewed by the Structural Engineer.
D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.4 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure and in a regular and symmetrical arrangement as much as possible, as acceptable to Architect.
B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements.
C. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate.
a. If joint pattern is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 12 feet in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays). b. For exposed concrete provide semi-rigid epoxy joint filler as specified in Section 079200 – Joint Sealants.
3.5 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached.
3.6 FORMS
A. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
of concrete complying with ACI 309. Keep a spare vibrator at the site whenever placing concrete.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate.
E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
1. Do not use frozen material. 2. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
H. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified.
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Architect.
3.8 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified.
1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units.
Typical Surfaces: Finish surfaces to tolerance of 1/4" in 10 ft. measured using a 10 ft. straightedge consistently across the slab.
Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly and positively slope surfaces to drains as shown. Immediately after shaping surfaces or leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
B. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view in the finished work and to those to receive a broom finish.
1. After floating, begin first trowel-finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerance of 1/4" in 10 ft. measured using a 10 ft. straightedge at several points on the slab. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system.
C. Broom Finish: Apply medium broom finish at all exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
D. Scratch Finish: Provide a light scratch finish at all interior surfaces to receive finish flooring.
3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: Remove forms after adequate set-up and curing period so that concrete will not be damaged by removal of forms. Remove all fins back to base surface of concrete and rub to provide even, smooth surface across face of concrete. Clean-out and regularize edges of form-tie holes and provide reveal-type gray-cement-compound snap-plugs permanently adhered/sealed into holes as far back from face of concrete as possible.
B. Related Unformed Surfaces: Strike-off smooth and finish with smooth texture to closely match that of formed surfaces. Provide blast-finish below at noted areas.
3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work.
B. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
3.11 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days.
C. Curing Methods
1. Interior Concrete to Receive Finishes or Sealer: Provide moisture or moisture- retaining cover curing by the following methods:
a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. b. Use continuous water-fog spray. c. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. d. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
D. Apply curing compound on exposed exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as follows:
1. Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope.
1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 8
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar.
E. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
3.13 INTERIOR CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING: Test a small area to confirm suitability and desired results before starting overall application, using same surface prep, equipment and application means.
A. Surfaces shall be clean, dry and free of curing agent, if used.
B. Apply using low pressure pump-type sprayer. Adjust tip to PREVENT atomization during application.
C. Apply as packaged without dilution. Coverage rate of 300-600 sf over non-porous concrete surfaces. Apply in a single application using enough material to keep surface wet for about a minute before penetrating. Broom out all puddles until they completely penetrate the surface. Wipe down excess with clean, absorbent towels.
3.14 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports.
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the following, as directed by Architect.
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94.
a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. b. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below, when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. e. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one day; two specimens tested at 7 days, one specimen tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yd., Architect may waive strength testing if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. 4. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 9
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
C. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, Owner, ready-mix producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
D. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
E. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed.
END OF SECTION 033000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 10
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes fabrication and erection of structural steel work, as shown on drawings including schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members, typical connections, and types of steel required.
1. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Section 055000 - Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. 3. Touching-up of steel primers. 4. Section 133419 – Metal Building Systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data or manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for following products. Include laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified standards).
1. Structural steel primer paint. 2. Shrinkage-resistant grout.
C. Shop drawings, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures, and diagrams.
1. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols and show size, length, and type of each weld. 2. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections.
D. Test reports conducted on shop- and field-bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of tests conducted and test results.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated:
1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
a. Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence:
1) "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any detail configuration of connections developed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings."
2. AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings," including "Commentary." 3. "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections. 4. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 5. ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use." 6. Attachment and inspection of headed studs shall conform to all requirements of the latest edition of the “Recommended Practices for Stud Welding and The Structural Welding Code” published by AWS.
B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Qualification" requirements.
1. Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests.
2. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's responsibility.
3. High-strength bolting shall be inspected by an independent testing laboratory to ensure bolt tension.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress of work.
B. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or masonry, in ample time to not to delay work.
C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. If bolts and nuts become dry or rusty, clean and relubricate before use.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view, use only materials that are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and applying surface finishes.
B. W-Shapes: ASTM A992 Grade 50.
C. Channels and Angle Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36, Fy = 36 KSI.
D. Cold-Formed Steel Tubing (rectangular HSS): ASTM A 500, Grade B, Fy = 46 KSI.
E. Cold-Form Steel Piping (round HSS): ASTM A 50, Grade B, Fy = 42 KSI.
F. Unfinished Nuts and Bolts: ASTM A 307.
G. Headed Studs: Nelson Type H4L or S3L or approved equal and shall conform to ASTM A 108, grades 1015 or 1020 with a minimum tensile strength of 60 KSI.
H. Deformed Bar Anchor Studs: Nelson D2L studs or approved equal with a minimum tensile strength of 80 KSI. . Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 36 or A307. Anchor rods shall be ASTM F1554, Grade 36.
I. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36.
J. Epoxy Bolts or Dowels: Threaded rod or reinforcing steel installed with set adhesive by Simpson per ICBO Report ER-5279.
K. Expansion Anchors for Concrete: “Kwik bolt TZ” by Hilti installed per ICBO Report ESR-1917. Expansion bolts for masonry shall be “Kwik Bolt III” by Hilti, installed per ICBO Report ESR- 1335.
L. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code. E70 Series low hydrogen rods unless noted otherwise; E90 series for Grade 60 reinforcing bars.
M. Structural Steel Primer Paint: Manufacturer standard shop primer.
N. Nonmetallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Shall be 5000 psi – Five Star, Sika 212 or equal.
O. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F-1554, Grade 36.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated.
1. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials.
2. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects.
3. Fabricate with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust, scale, and roughness.
4. Remove blemishes by filling or grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning, treating, and shop priming.
5. Fabricate with piece marks fully hidden in the completed structure or made with media that permits full removal after erection.
6. Fabricate to the tolerances specified in AISC 303.
B. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated.
C. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated.
D. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
1. Grind smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces all welds on exposed structural steel.
E. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces.
F. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel framing members.
1. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 2. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.
G. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
H. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.
2.3 SHOP PAINTING
A. General: Shop-paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel that is partially exposed on exposed portions and initial 2 inches of embedded areas only.
1. Do not paint surfaces to be welded or high-strength bolted with friction-type connections.
2. Apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first.
B. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steelwork to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Clean steel in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) as follows:
1. Exterior: SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning." 2. Interior: SSPC-SP2, “Hand Tool Cleaning.”
C. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer in at least two coats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils per coat. Use painting methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection and tests in mill, shop, and field, conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements.
1. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components that do not comply.
B. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without causing delay in the work.
1. Promptly notify Architect whenever design of members and connections for any portion of structure are not clearly indicated.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ERECTION
A. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structures as erection proceeds.
B. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively complete work.
C. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates.
1. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. See Structural Notes for sequence of grouting. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. 4. For proprietary grout materials, comply with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
E. Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC tolerances.
F. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings.
G. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
1. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.
H. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in primary structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members that are not under stress, as acceptable to Architect. Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
I. Touchup Painting: Clean and touchup field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on structural steel.
3.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to perform inspections as detailed on the drawings.
B. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests, state in each report whether test specimens comply with requirements, and specifically state any deviations.
C. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished.
D. Testing agency may inspect structural steel at plant before shipment.
E. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work that inspections and laboratory test reports have indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests, at Contractor's expense, as necessary to reconfirm any noncompliance of original work and to show compliance of corrected work.
F. Shop-Bolted Connections: Inspect or test in accordance with AISC specifications.
G. Shop Welding: Inspect and test during fabrication of structural steel assemblies, as follows:
1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. 2. Perform visual inspection of all welds.
H. Field Welding: Inspect and test during erection of structural steel as follows:
1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. 2. Perform visual inspection of all welds. 3. Multi-pass fillet welds and full penetration welds shall be continuously inspected.
END OF SECTION 051200
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following: 1. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 2. Miscellaneous framing and supports.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, wedge-type inserts and other items indicated to be cast into concrete. 2. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry 3. Section 099000 - Painting. 4. Section 133419 – Pre-eningeered Metal Building.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Paint products. 2. Grout.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Welding certificates.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 3. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel."
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
2.2 FERROUS METALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads.
D. Iron Castings: Gray iron, Class 35-B, or better, for heavy duty use.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.
1. Provide hot-dip or mechanically deposited, zinc-coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.
C. Eyebolts: ASTM A 489.
D. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.
E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.
F. Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1.
G. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1 .
H. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1.
I. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to four times the load imposed, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M.
J. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
1. Material for Anchors in Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material for Anchors in Exterior Locations: Stainless-steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79.
C. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Furnish inserts if units are installed after concrete is placed.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work.
1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction.
2.8 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
2.9 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:
1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
B. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
2. Coat iron that will be in contact with fresh concrete as recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.
B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
END OF SECTION 055000
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Dimensional wood framing and supports, grounds, nailers, blocking and hardware, backing panels.
B. Section 099000 – Painting.
1.3 DEFINITIONS: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Material certificates for dimensional lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use as well as design values approved by the Board of Review of American Lumber Standards Committee.
C. Wood treatment data as follows including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installation, and finishing of treated material:
1. For each type of preservative treated wood product include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For fire-retardant-treated wood products include certification by treating plant that treated material complies with specified standard and other requirements. 3. Material test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood products with requirements indicated. 4. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials.
1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL
A. Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review.
B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them with lumber grades and species include the following:
1. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 2. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.
C. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.
D. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use.
1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2 inches or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Dimension Lumber: Provide Douglas-fir-larch lumber with grade and allowable stresses as indicated on the structural drawings.
2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, no limit for more than 2-inch nominal thickness.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including bucks, nailers, blocking, and similar members.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown.
C. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment.
D. Grade: "Standard" grade light-framing-size lumber of any species or board-size lumber as required. "No. 3 Common" or "Standard" grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.4 CONSTRUCTION PANELS, GENERAL
A. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood construction panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with APA PRP-108.
B. Trademark: Furnish construction panels that are each factory-marked with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements.
2.5 PERFORMANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. General: Where construction panels are indicated for the following concealed types of applications, provide APA Performance-Rated Panels complying with requirements designated under each application for grade designation, span rating, exposure durability classification, edge detail (where applicable), and thickness.
B. Construction Panels for Backing:
1. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or communications equipment, provide fire-retardant-treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED EXTERIOR, not less than 15/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Paint all backing panels same as adjacent walls.
C. Construction Panels for Use At Bay Side of Demising Wall Between Offices and Bays: 5/8” OSB, span-rating as needed for 16” center studs. Provide with no labels on one side for facing.
2.6 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. Fasteners used in exterior applications shall be non-corrosive.
B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105.
C. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1. Provide flat washers at all attachments of hardboard panels.
E. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1.
F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and where indicated, flat washers.
2.7 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. General: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal, and finish indicated that comply with requirements specified including the following:
1. Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide products for which model code evaluation/research reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with the building code in effect for this Project.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products for which manufacturer publishes allowable design loads that are determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and that are demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory.
2.8 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: Where lumber of plywood is indicated as "Treated," or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood). Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements.
1. Typical at all locations within 18 inches of concrete floor slabs.
2.9 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS
A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated wood is required by an assembly, pressure impregnate lumber and plywood with fire-retardant chemicals to comply with AWPA C20.
1. Interior Type A: For interior locations, including backing boards in electrical and telephone rooms.
2. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. All nailing shall be according to Table 2304.9.1 of the International Building Code.
C. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
D. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and as follows:
G. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
H. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.
Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
I. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.
J. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted.
1. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.
2. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated.
3. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required.
3.2 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS AND BLOCKING
A. Install wood grounds, nailers and blocking where shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved.
B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E30, "APA Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial," for types of construction panels and applications indicated.
3.4 Fastening Methods: Fasten construction panels as shown on structural and as indicated below:
1. Plywood Backing and OSB Panels: Screw to supports.
END OF SECTION 061000
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 064023 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Wood cabinets, with plastic laminate faces. 2. Plastic laminate covered tops.
B. Section 061000 – Rough Carpentry.
C. Coordinate with Division 23 for plumbing items to be installed into woodwork.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. Indicate finishes for each surface.
B. Product certificates signed by woodwork manufacturer certifying that products comply with specified requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Manufacturing and Installation Responsibility: Engage a qualified Manufacturer to assume undivided responsibility for woodwork specified in this section, including fabrication, finishing, and installation. Woodwork shipped to site and installed by others is not acceptable.
B. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of "Architectural Woodwork Standards", Edition 1 published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) and the Woodwork Institute, except as otherwise indicated.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration.
B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting, wet work, grinding, and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. Areas shall be conditioned to temperature and humidity at which they will remain in the finished work.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI woodworking standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards, that apply to product characteristics indicated:
1. Hardboard: ANSI/AHA A135.4 2. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 made with binder containing no added urea formaldehyde. 3. Plywood and Lumber: PS 1. 4. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Decorative surface of thermally fused polyester or melamine-impregnated web, bonded to medium density particle board and complying with ALA 1992. 5. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. 6. Plastic Laminate: High pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3. Grade as specified. 7. Adhesives: Carpenter glue. 8. Edge Tape: 1mm PVC, color as selected.
2.2 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas.
B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated.
C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
D. Factory-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water-resistant coating.
2.3 WOOD CABINETS (CASEWORK) - WOOD AND PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWS Section 10 - Casework.
B. Laminate Faced Cabinets: NEMA LD-3 .050" thickness. Colors as scheduled on the drawings.
C. Edge Tape: Provide edge tape for all doors and drawers.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Overlay for Semiexposed Surfaces: Melamine or polyester, as appropriate to substrate, off- white color as selected by the Architect.
E. Concealed Surfaces: Any species, all surfaces sealed or painted.
2.4 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets.
1. Hardware Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with ANSI A156.9 "American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware".
a. Quality Level: Type 2 (institutional), unless otherwise indicated.
b. Quality Certification: Where available, provide cabinet hardware bearing the BHMA certification label, affixed either to hardware or its packaging, showing compliance with BHMA Cabinet Hardware Standard 201.
c. Owner will not accept European style mortised self-closing hinges or metal drawer box/roller assemblies.
B. Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Provide following hardware for the work:
1. Cabinet Hinges: Wrap-around institutional style, 5 knuckle type, .098 steel, hospital tips, slotted holes for adjustment, 32 mm hole pattern, stain chrome powder coat. US Futaba 24111 81 016 or equal.
a. Provide 2 for doors up to 34” high and one additional for each 16” of door height.
b. Magnetic Catch: Plastic casing ¾” L x 1-3/4” W x 5/8” projection. Belwith P-560-STB or equal. One each door.
2. Pulls: 3" steel wire pulls.
3. Shelf Supports: Manufacturer's nylon or steel pin-type supports adjustable on minimum 1" centers.
4. Drawer Slides: Provide, as required, for drawers, steel ball bearing supported, side or bottom mount, full extension, 100 lb. capacity guides; Blum, Grant, Accuride or equal.
5. Cabinet Locks: Chrome-plated cam style locks.
a. Locking as indicated.
C. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Aluminum or steel base with brushed clear finish
D. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.9.
E. COUNTERTOPS: Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 for fabrication requirements for plastic laminate covered countertops.
1. Edge Treatment: PVC edge tape, coordinating color as selected.
2. Plastic Laminate Counter Tops: All plastic laminate countertops and trim shall be solidly supported at all points.
3. Plumbing Fixture Locations: Provide countertop substrate of exterior grade plywood or MDF specially treated for moisture-resistance at all locations for sinks and other fixtures.
2.5 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS
A. Screws and Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-S-111 and FS FF-S-105, respectively, for applicable requirements.
B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts and anchors, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work for subsequent woodwork anchorage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing (do not move to site or install until permanent HVAC distribution is in place and is operational).
B. Coordinate to ensure that proper blocking or other supports is provided for all wall attached casework.
C. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including tops) and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces.
B. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.
C. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation.
D. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated.
E. Tops: Anchor securely to base units or other support systems as indicated, scribe and fit carefully to surrounding walls. Seal at all wall junctures, including tops and sides of splashbacks.
F. Complete the finishing work to whatever extent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.
C. Cover countertops with kraft paper if subject to damage during completion of construction work. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces at time of completion of project. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
END OF SECTION 064023
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 066400 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fiber glass reinforced composite panels at Janitor Closet on corner wall behind sink – 4’H x 4’ W and at toilet walls.
B. Trim and installation accessories.
C. Section 096516 – Sheet Vinyl Flooring and Accessories for flooring and self-cove base.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus.
B. ASTM D 149 - Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies.
C. ASTM D 256 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Pendulum Impact Resistance of Notched Specimens of Plastics.
D. ASTM D 543 - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents.
E. ASTM D 570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics.
F. ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics.
G. ASTM D 696 - Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between -30 degrees C and 30 degrees C.
H. ASTM D 790 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials.
I. ASTM D 792 - Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement.
J. ASTM D 1929 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Properties of Plastics.
K. ASTM D 2583 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor.
L. ASTM D 5319 - Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels.
FRP PANELS 066400-1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
M. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard details and catalog data demonstrating compliance with referenced standards. Provide installation instructions.
B. Samples: 1. Submit samples for selection of color.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products indoors and protect from moisture, construction traffic, and damage.
B. Store panels flat on clean, dry surface. Do not stand on edge or stack on fresh concrete or other surfaces that emit moisture.
C. Store panels at least 24 hours temperature and humidity conditions approximating the average environment of the finish room.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANEL MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Composite plastic panels of random chopped fiber glass roving, modified polyester copolymer, inorganic fillers, and pigments.
2. Resistant to rot, corrosion, staining, denting, peeling, and splintering.
3. USDA accepted.
4. Comply with ASTM D 5319, various grades and classifications.
B. Properties: 1. Surface burning classification: Class C. a. Flame spread (ASTM E 84): 175 or less. b. Smoke developed (ASTM E 84): 270. 2. Flexural strength (ASTM D 790): No less than 9,900 psi. 3. Flexural modulus (ASTM D 790): No less than 0.35 x 10(6) psi. 4. Tensile strength (ASTM D 638): No less than 6,200 psi. 5. Tensile modulus (ASTM D 638): No less than 0.65 x 10(6) psi. 6. Impact strength, IZOD (ASTM D 256): No less than 5.5 ft.lb./in. 7. Barcol hardness (ASTM D 2583): No less than 25-35. 8. Water absorption (ASTM D 570): Less than 0.5% in 24 hrs. @ 77 deg.F.
C. Size: 1. Wall panel width: 48 inches.
FRP PANELS 066400-2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Thickness: 0.09 inch.
E. Dimensional Tolerances: 1. Width and length: +/- 1/8 inch. 2. Thickness: +/- 10%. 3. Squareness: Not more than 1/8 inch out of square.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Exposed Surface: Pebble-like embossed finish.
B. Back Surface: Smooth. Imperfections which do not affect functional properties are not cause for rejection.
C. Color: Uniform throughout. As selected from full range of manufacturer’s colors.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES: Provide panel manufacturer's heavy-duty standard vinyl moldings to meet project conditions. Color to closely match panel color.
A. Fasteners: Non-staining nylon drive rivets. 1. Match panel colors. 2. Length to suit project conditions.
B. Adhesive: VOC-compliant structural construction adhesive as recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
C. Sealant: Clear silicone sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates to receive panels to ensure that surfaces are smooth, dry, true, and free of dirt, dust, oil, or grease.
B. Remove high spots. Fill low spots.
C. Verify that substrate construction is completed and approved.
D. Correct deficiencies in substrate before installing panels.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions, using adhesive or adhesive and mechanical fasteners, where warranted.
B. Cutting Panels: 1. Cut panels with carbide-tipped saw blade or swivel head shear. 2. Allow 1/2-inch clearance in length per 8-foot panel length. 3. Allow 1/8-inch clearance at cut-outs for penetrations.
FRP PANELS 066400-3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Pre-drill fastener holes before applying adhesive. Use carbide-tipped drill. 1. Drill 3/8-inch holes for 1/4-inch nominal fasteners. 2. Space at 8 inches maximum on center at perimeter, approximately 1 inch from panel edge. 3. Space at in field in rows 16 inches on center, with fasteners spaced at 12 inches maximum on center.
D. Apply adhesive between 50 and 90 degrees F, unless otherwise approved. 1. Spread adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's directions to achieve 100% coverage. 2. Do not use beads of adhesive. 3. Do not use mechanical fasteners or adhesive alone. 4. Allow open time recommended by adhesive manufacturer before setting panels into position. 5. Once in position, apply sufficient pressure to make full contact between panel and wall. 6. Roll panel surface to ensure complete contact. 7. If necessary, install bracing to maintain close contact until adhesive cures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Panel Fasteners: 1. Apply silicone sealant in pre-drilled fastener holes. 2. Drive fasteners for snug fit. Do not over-tighten. 3. Fasten leading edge of each panel after installing moldings.
F. Moldings: 1. Trim division bar to accommodate ceiling and base moldings. 2. Apply bead of silicone sealant to one side of division bar and install on leading edge of first panel. 3. Push molding all the way onto panel and pull back to allow 1/8-inch clearance. 4. Check plumb. 5. Fasten molding with coated lath nails, installed to leading edge of molding, only. 6. Complete fastening of panel, and remove excess sealant. 7. Apply sealant to leading edge of molding to receive next panel. Allow 1/8-inch clearance when installing panel. 8. Remove excess sealant from panels and moldings. 9. Ensure that panel bottoms are securely engaged with no gaps.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Clean all panel surfaces with neutral cleaner. Remove scraps and debris from the site, and leave in a neat and clean condition. Check all moldings and panels for secure fastening.
END OF SECTION
FRP PANELS 066400-4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preparing substrate surfaces.
B. Sealant and joint backing.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 033000 – Cast-In-Place Concrete
B. Section 081113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
C. Section 092900 – Gypsum Drywall Systems.
D. Section 099000 - Painting.
E. Section 133419 – Metal Building Systems.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C804 - Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants.
B. ASTM C919 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.
C. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
D. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber.
E. ASTM D1565 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open-Cell Foam).
F. SWRI (Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, color, and adjacent surfaces to be caulked.
B. Samples: Submit 2 samples illustrating full range of sealant colors for selection.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, surface preparation, perimeter conditions requiring special attention.
JOINT SEALERS 079200 -1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years experience.
1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation.
1.08 COORDINATION: Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Provide five year warranty under provisions of Div. 1.
B. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve water tight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Exterior: One-part, non-sag, moisture-cure, high-performance polyurethane sealant:
Product: Equal of BASF Sonolastic NP 1 ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 35, Use NT, M A, and I.
Performance Requirements: 1. Durometer Hardness, ASTM C-661, Shore A: 25-30 2. Ultimate Tensile Strength, ASTM D-412: 350 psi 3. Ultimate Elongation, ASTM D-412: 800 percent elongation 4. Movement Capability, ASTM C-719: +/-35% sustained through weathering 5. Peel Strength, ASTM C-794: 30 pli 6. Staining, ASTM C-1248: Passes with no staining indicated for granite, limestone, brick or concrete 7. Color as selected from full range.
JOINT SEALERS 079200 -2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Exterior Traffic/Horizontal Joints: One-part, moisture-curing, low-modulus polyurethane sealant. Traffic-rated, pourable, semi-self-leveling, primerless adhesion and excellent movement capability.
Product Basis of Design: Tremco Vulkem 45SSL
Performance Requirements: 1. Durometer Hardness, ASTM C-661, Shore A: 40-45 2. Ultimate Tensile Strength, ASTM D-412: 250-300 psi 3. Ultimate Elongation, ASTM D-412: 600-750% elongation 4. Movement Capability, ASTM C-719: +100%/-50% sustained through weathering
C. Interior: Silicone-modified acrylic latex caulking compound, movement 7-1/2% in expansion and compression. Meets or exceeds requirements of ASTM C834 Specification for Latex Sealants. Paintable and non-staining; also standard factory colors. Equal of Pecora AC-20 + Silicone.
D. Little Movement Joints, Bedding: Buty sealant, fabricated from virgin butyl rubber, Meets requirements of Federal Specification AAMA 808.3-05, ASTM C-1311 (+/- 7.5% joint movement), TT-S-001657, Type I and TT-C-1796A. Equal Pecora BC-158.
E. Sanitary Sealant: Mold and mildew resistant. Meets Federal Specifications, TT-S- 001543A, TT-S-00230C, Class A and ASTM C920, Class 50. It has USDA acceptance for use in meat and poultry processing plants, CAN/CGSB-19, 13-M87. Equal GE SCS1700 or Pecora 898NST silicone sealer.
F. Semi-Rigid Floor Joint Sealer for Exposed Concrete Sawcut Joints: Gray, two-part pourable consistency, premium-grade, moisture-insensitive, epoxy floor joint filler, cures semi-rigid and durable. Equal WR Meadows Sealtight Rezi-Weld Flex.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1056 D1565; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
JOINT SEALERS 079200 -3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work.
A. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. Blow-out sawcuts with oil-free compressed air.
B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Tape off sides of joints to allow easy removal of overfill.
D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfiguration.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install sealant to be straight and non-waving in joints.
C. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used, unless application without backing is recommended.
D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.
E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
F. Tool joints concave, dense and consistent.
3.04 CLEANING: Clean adjacent soiled surfaces and remove all sealant from adjacent surfaces.
3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK: Protect sealants until cured.
END OF SECTION
JOINT SEALERS 079200 -4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 081113 - STEEL (HOLLOW METAL) DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following products manufactured in accordance with SDI Recommended Standards:
1. Doors: Standard steel doors for interior and exterior locations.
2. Frames: Hollow metal frames for doors, and other interior and exterior openings of following type:
a. Welded unit type.
3. Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted.
B. Joint sealers are specified in Section 079200.
C. Section 081115 – Prefinished Steel Door Frames.
D. Section 081416 – Flush Wood Doors.
E. Section 087100 – Finish Hardware.
F. Section 088000 - Glazing.
G. Section 131419 – Metal Building Systems for exterior aluminum window frames.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
1. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings.
2. Indicate coordinate of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI/SDI-100 and as herein specified.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames.
B. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inches high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568.
B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568.
1. Exterior Doors, Frames and Framing: Provide with metallic coating conforming to ASTM A924 for hot dip galvanization.
C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage sheet steel. For anchorage to steel stud partitions provide anchors welded to frame.
D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable.
E. Shop Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication.
1. Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames."
2.2 DOORS
A. Provide metal doors of SDI grades and models specified below:
1. ANSI/SDI-100
a. Exterior Doors: Grade III, extra heavy-duty, minimum 16-gage cold-rolled sheet steel faces. Provide seamless faces with edge seams welded and ground. Exterior doors shall have expanded polystyrene foam infill and shall be additionally reinforced for all applied hardware. Minimum 7" top rail with seamless top channel caps.
b. Interior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, minimum 18 ga. cold-rolled steel faces.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Provide seamless faces with edge seams welded and ground. Interior doors shall have resin-impregnated honeycomb core and shall be additionally reinforced for all applied hardware.
c. Reinforce vertical edges with minimum 16 ga. x 1.75" channels with 1" returns.
1) Glass stops shall be 16 ga. steel channels, factory installed and through- fastened with countersunk flathead machine screws.
d. Provide inverted bottom closure channel for all doors.
e. Lock and hinge stiles shall be accurately mortised and reinforced to receive scheduled hardware. Reinforcement shall be not less than 3/16" thick steel drilled and tapped to receive hinges and locks. From the top edge of all doors and located 3" from the top, install a 16" x 14 ga. channel to separate the faces of the door, and two reinforcing plates 22" x 4.5" x 12 ga. to suit closers. Install spreaders for panic hardware which requires through-bolts. Reinforce for push plates, escutcheons, and similar items with 14 ga. sheet.
2.3 FRAMES
A. Provide metal frames for wood and steel doors, sidelights, borrowed lights, interior and exterior windows, and other openings, of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners, welded construction for all applications.
2. Form all exterior door frames from 14-gage steel and all interior frames from 16 ga. steel, except interior pairs shall be 14 ga. Exterior and interior window frames shall be 16 ga. steel.
3. Provide 4 wall anchors per jamb, plus a floor anchor, with mortar boxes for all hardware, 16 ga.
4. All rabbets shall be sized and hinge preparations performed to accommodate seals and gaskets (to allow doors to close properly).
B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames or frames with smoke or sound seals, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-door frames.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory-assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI-100 requirements.
1. Clearances: Not more than 1/4 inch at jambs and heads; 3/4" at sill to allow for ½" threshold and door shoe.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels from only cold-rolled steel.
C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
D. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel.
E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts.
F. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware in accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 Series Specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware.
G. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied hardware may be done at project site.
H. Locate hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware on Standard Steel Doors and Frames," published by Door and Hardware Institute.
I. Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units.
1. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. 2. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified.
B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated.
1) In metal-stud partitions, provide at least three wall anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Attach wall anchors to studs with screws.
C. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI-100.
D. Light Stops: Install toward exterior side of exterior frames. Use tamper-proof screws.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer.
B. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
END OF SECTION 081113
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 081115 – PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 Work Included
A. The work under this section shall include the furnishing of all items shown on the drawings and as specified, including but not limited to, the following:
1. Knocked down, site assembled pre-finished steel door frames
1.02 Related Sections
A. Section 081416 - Wood Doors
B. Section 087100 – Finish Hardware
1.03 References
A. ASTM A1008M – Standard for cold rolled steel material
B. ASTM D2197 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion of Organic Coatings by Scrape Adhesion.
C. ASTM D2247 - Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity.
D. ASTM D2794 - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact).
E. ASTM D3361 - Standard Practice for Unfiltered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc exposures of Paint and Related Coatings.
F. ASTM B117 – Standard test for salt spray testing
1.04 Submittals
A. Section 013300: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Indicate frame material, gage, configuration and finishes.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate frame elevations, details of frame anchorage, reinforcements required, rough opening requirements, location of hardware embosses, and finishes.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Provide installation instructions for all products under this section.
PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES 081115 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.05 Quality Assurance
A. Quality Standards
1. Material free from defects in material and according to project specifications for pre- engineered opening systems 2. Proven durability of factory finishes allowing for bending and shaping of material after finish is applied
1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Transport, handle, store, and protect products in a dry area off the ground.
B. Accept frames on site in manufacturer's box packaging with identification labels intact. Inspect for damage.
C. Do not open individual boxes until installation is to begin.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Basis of Design: Timely Industries, A Division of SDS Industries, Inc., 800-247-6242; Fax: 818-492-3530. Web site: www.timelyframes.com.
Equal by: Dunbarton Rediframe, dunbarton.com, 800/633-7553
B. Frames: Provide all interior frames for project from same manufacturer.
2.02 Frames
A. Frame Material: Cold rolled steel, for interior frames in normal atmospheric exposures.
B. Frame Throat Opening: To suit typical 5” interior partition wall.
D. Frame Profile - Unequal Rabbet profile, standard with manufacturer
1. “S” Series, 0.9 mm (20 gage) thick, interior office spaces
E. Casings
1. Provide steel casings formed to be applied to heat treated clips on frame face after frame is anchored to wall
PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES 081115 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.03 Frame Reinforcement and Accessories
A. Provide reinforcements shipped loose to project site for hardware application. Hardware will include closers at toilet doors.
1. Provide hinge reinforcement (TA-11) of 14 gage steel pierced to create depth of thread for hinge screws equal to or exceeding 7 gage steel.
B. Silencers: TA-5 vinyl, 2 per frame, clear stick-on type.
D. Prepare frames for ASA 4-7/8” strikes where required. Provide minimum ¼” depth of threads in factory tapped screw holes
G. Installation fasteners (Provided by others)
1. Interior Frames: #6 Drywall type length sufficient to penetrate studs or structure at least ½”.
2.04 Fabrication
A. Provide minimum 14 gage hinge reinforcement plate tapped for machine screws supplied with hinges. Hinge plate to be mechanically attached to hinge emboss on frame.
B. Casing Clips: Fabricate frames with factory applied, heat treated clips to ensure no deflection in the clip upon application or removal of casing. Attachment clips may not be of same material as frame.
C. Provide notches, tabs and/or stops for positive alignment of frame parts at all corners.
2.05 Finishing
A. Frame Units: Pre-finished with factory applied impact resistant, polyester baked enamel finish or optional electrostatic applied water based paint system
B. Casing Finishes
1. Steel: Prefinished with factory applied impact resistant, polyester baked enamel finish.
C. Colors:
1. Standard Color: As selected.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 Examination
A. Verify acceptability of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify that opening sizes and wall thicknesses are within specified tolerances. Verify that all finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment.
PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES 081115 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.02 Installation
A. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements.
B. Anchor frames with screws located at every casing clip or every 11” as shown on manufacturer’s instructions. Field verify quantity and location of fasteners prior to installing casing.
C. Install Pre-finished frames near end of the project after wall painting.
D. Install frames using qualified installers familiar with installation of pre-finished drywall frames.
E. Coordinate installation of frames with installation of hardware specified in Section 087100 and wood doors in Section 081416.
G. Touch-up blemishes on finished frames with factory prepared touch up paint.
END OF SECTION
PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES 081115 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. Extent and location of each flush wood door is indicated on drawings and in schedules.
B. Type of doors required is the following:
1. Solid core flush wood doors with wood veneer faces.
C. Shop-priming, factory-finishing, and factory-premachining for hardware for wood doors is included in this section.
D. Interior prefinished steel door frames are specified in Section 081115.
E. Finish hardware is specified in Section 087100.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers, and factory-finishing specifications.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for factory finishing and other pertinent data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Quality Standards: Comply with the following standards:
1. NWWDA Quality Standard: I.S.1 "Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors", of National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA).
2. Architectural Woodwork Institute and Woodwork Institute “Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards” – Edition 1.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. NWWMA Quality Marking: Mark each wood door with NWWDA Wood Flush Door Certification Hallmark certifying compliance with applicable requirements of NWWDA I.S. 1 Series.
1. For manufacturers not participating in NWWDA Hallmark Program, a certification of compliance may be substituted for marking of individual doors.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Protect doors with plastic bags during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to project's geographical location:
1.6 FIRE-RATED WOOD DOORS: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at as close to neutral pressure as possible according to NFPA 252.
1.7 WARRANTY:
A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents.
B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement in door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective solid core interior doors that have warped (bow, cup or twist) or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, delamination, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards.
1. Warranty shall also include reinstallation and refinishing which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging.
2. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of Substantial Completion: Lifetime of installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS:
A. Solid Core Doors for Transparent Finish: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Faces: Rotary sawn White Maple, book matched. 2. AWI Grade: A
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3. Construction: PC-5 (Particleboard core, 5-ply faces), with stiles and rails glued to core and sanded before laminating, and all doors assembled with Type I adhesive. Provide solid wood blocking for closers, exit devices, and locksets. Stiles and rails shall be of solid hardwood, 1-1/8" minimum for rails, 1-3/8" minimum for stiles. Surrounds for light openings shall be compatible hardwood, 6" minimum on all sides.
2.2 FABRICATION:
A. Fabricate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with following requirements:
1. In sizes indicated for job-site fitting. 2. Doors shall be machined for hardware at the site.
B. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of doors required.
2.3 FACTORY FINISHING:
A. General: Comply with referenced Woodwork Standards – Section 5 – Finishing to prefinish wood doors at factory.
B. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated for grade, finish system, staining effect and sheen. Finish all surfaces of doors. Reseal all surfaces cut or trimmed after finishing doors.
1. Grade: Custom. 2. Factory finish doors in accordance with WDMA I.S.1A or AWS Quality Standards. Factory finish to be water based stain with ultraviolet (UV) cured polyurethane sealer. Finish must meet or exceed performance standards of UV cured polyurethane (TR-6) or (System 9). 3. Staining: None, transparent finish 4. Effect: Open grain finish. 5. Sheen: Satin-medium rubbed effect (35 deg. gloss).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door:
1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Hardware: Coordinate with Section 087100 - Finish Hardware.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors in HM frames to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated.
1) Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
C. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal all cut surfaces after fitting and machining (including cutouts, edges, tops and bottoms of doors).
1. Fitting Clearances for Doors: Provide 1/8" at jambs and heads; 1/16" per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8" from bottom of door to top of floor finish. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
2. Bevel non-rated doors 1/8" in 2" at lock and hinge edges.
3. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency.
D. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation as required. The Owner will not accept doors which show signs of repair. Seal all edges or penetrations cut after finishing or in the field using a VOC compliant sealer.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION:
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely.
B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation.
C. Protect doors and panels as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 081416
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 083323 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of manually-operated overhead coiling doors:
1. Overhead coiling service doors.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 051200 – Structural Steel and 055000 – Metal Fabrications for steel supports. 2. Section 133419- Pre-Engineered Metal Building.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs.
B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. Include installation instructions and wiring diagrams for motor operators.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide overhead coiling doors capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door components:
1. Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 20 lbf/sq. ft., acting inward and outward.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A. Door Curtains: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of thickness and mechanical properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated, and as follows:
1. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Zinc-coated (galvanized), cold-rolled structural steel (SS) sheet; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation.
a. Minimum Base-Metal (Uncoated) Thickness: 22 ga. b. Curved profile slats. c. Provide light gray factory primer finish.
B. Endlocks for Service Doors: Malleable-iron casings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets or high-strength nylon. Provide locks on not less than alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and resistance against lateral movement.
C. Bottom Bar for Service Doors: Consisting of 2 angles, each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch thick; galvanized extrusions to suit type of curtain slats.
1. Provide with weather seal at bottom of door.
D. Curtain Jamb Guides for Service Doors: Fabricate curtain jamb guides of steel angles or channels and angles, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Build up units with not less than 3/16-inch-thick galvanized steel sections complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M and ASTM A 123/A 123M. Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain.
1. Provide perimeter weather seal at door.
2.2 HOODS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends for surface-mounted hoods and provide fascia for any portion of between-jamb mounting projecting beyond wall face. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sagging.
1. Fabricate hoods for steel doors of minimum 0.028-inch-thick, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with G90 (Z275) zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
2. Provide wind block.
B. Locking: Provide slidebolts with interior padlock hasps at bottom bar.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.3 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM
A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable-tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to door curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members.
B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot-formed, structural-quality, welded or seamless carbon-steel pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. of span under full load.
C. Provide spring balance of one or more oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast-steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft.
D. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of cold-rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load.
E. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design, either cast iron or cold-rolled steel plate.
2.4 OPERATION: Chain-Hoist Operator: Consisting of endless steel hand chain, chain-pocket wheel and guard, and gear-reduction unit. Provide alloy-steel hand chain with chain holder secured to operator guide.
2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.6 STEEL AND GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES
A. Factory Primer: Manufacturer's standard primer, compatible with field-applied finish according to coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness.
1. Apply to ferrous surfaces except zinc-coated metal.
B. Finish: Provide a baked-on polyester powder coat final finish, 2.5 mils cured film thickness; ASTM D-3363 pencil hardness: H or better.
1. Color as selected.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install coiling doors complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head molding strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion and with weathertight fit around entire perimeter.
END OF SECTION 083323
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 087100 - FINISH HARDWARE AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Furnish all Finish Hardware and related items to complete work shown and specified. See drawings, schedules and details for items requiring hardware and for installation details.
A. Work with Owner to develop keying plan. B. Provide all cylinders and final keying for locks. C. Provide elements of electronic hardware as specified; coordinate with Owner’s security vendor. E. Hollow metal exterior doors are specified in Section 133419. F. Wood doors are specified in Section 081416.
1.3 WORK EXCLUDED: Items generally known as rough hardware, or items of Finish Hardware when noted elsewhere in the Specifications as being furnished or included with items by other suppliers or Contractors, are not included.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer: Obtain each kind of hardware from only one manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements.
B. Supplier: A recognized builders hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the project's immediate vicinity for a period of not less than 2 years, and who is, or employs on a full time basis, a registered Architectural Hardware Consultant member of the Door and Hardware Institute to properly detail work, order materials, and supervise installation.
1. The firm proposing to supply Finish Hardware for this project must be a regular stocking distributor of the hardware it proposes to furnish.
2. The Hardware Supplier shall make periodic inspections of project (upon receipt of hardware at project, during installation and at completion of installation) so that at the completed installation, Supplier can certify that said hardware is properly installed according to manufacturer's printed instructions. Forward a copy of certification from Hardware Supplier in duplicate to Architect as soon as possible after installation of all hardware.
C. Handicapped Requirements: Provide and install hardware in compliance with the Arizona Revised Statutes for the handicapped.
1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Confirm appropriateness of all hardware and provide hardware that installs without conflict with other hardware and is compatible in size and configuration for installation in the doors and frames as detailed and specified. Supply all template information necessary for installation to the Contractor and hardware installer. Furnish hardware to match templates provided.
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers, as required to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cutouts for hardware.
B. Items of hardware not specified but required for completion of the work shall be furnished of type and quality suitable to the service required and comparable to adjacent hardware at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.6 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' technical information for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation, instructions for maintenance of operating units and, finish, and other pertinent data.
B. Hardware Schedule: Prior to delivery of hardware, the Finish Hardware supplier shall prepare and submit complete schedules of all Finish Hardware required. Hardware sets on schedule shall be designated in the same manner as on the hardware schedule at the end of this section.
1. Based on builders hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into hardware sets, in a vertical format, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door opening. Include the following information: Type, style, function and finish of each hardware item.
Name and manufacturer of each item and representative catalog cuts for each item.
Manufacturer's complete catalog number.
Fastenings and other pertinent information.
Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc. contained in schedule.
Mounting locations for hardware.
Door and frame sizes and materials.
C. Operation and Maintenance: Provide Owner with manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware supplied, include necessary wrenches and tools required for proper maintenance and adjustment of hardware, all as supplied with hardware when shipped to Contractor.
D. Certification: Inspect the installation of all hardware and related items. At the completion of installation, submit certification that material is properly installed, according to manufacturer's printed instructions.
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
E. Guarantee: Provide written guarantee for all hardware against defects in materials and workmanship for one year. Repair, replace, or otherwise correct deficient materials at no additional cost to the Owner.
F. Keying Schedule: Prepared in coordination with Owner by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Package each item of hardware and each lock separately in individual containers, complete with necessary screws, keys, instructions and installation templates for spotting mortising tools. Mark each container with heading number and number corresponding to numbers shown on Finish Hardware schedule.
B. Inventory hardware jointly with representative of the hardware supplier and the hardware installer until each is satisfied that the count is correct.
C. The hardware shall be fitted prior to finishing doors, as applicable, and then removed and finishing completed before final installation of hardware.
D. The Contractor shall prepare a suitable storage space for all Finish Hardware and shall keep it under lock after it has been delivered to the building. He shall take full responsibility for all items of hardware after delivery. Install all hardware without marring or damaging hardware or other work. Replace all marred or damaged work. Adjust hardware for easy operation.
1.8 COORDINATION AND QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP: Install closers, stops and other hardware as scheduled. Contractor shall coordinate for provision of extra support blocking for all interior and exterior applied hardware as needed for secure installation.
A. All hardware shall be installed by workmen skilled in this type of work, and the installation of the hardware shall in no manner detract from the appearance of the doors. Faulty workmanship shall be cause for rejecting the doors. Where manufacturers specify certain requirements in installing doors, these requirements shall be called to the attention of the workmen, and they shall be followed.
1.9 Keys: Deliver keys only to Owner’s designated representative and arrange for secure shipment to this representative.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 HAND OF DOOR: The drawings show the direction of swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door movement as shown. Notify the Architect of discrepancies.
2.2 BASE METALS: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming method indicated, using the manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for the applicable hardware units by FS FF-H-106,
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
FS FG-G-111, FS FF-H-116, and FS FF-H-121. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified.
2.3 FASTENERS: Furnish finish hardware with all necessary screws, bolts, or other fastenings of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for heavy use and long life and of compatible material and finish. Furnish fastenings with anchors according to material to which it is applied, and as recommended by the manufacturer. Fasten closers on wood or mineral core doors with sex nuts and through bolts.
A. Manufacture hardware to conform to the published templates and prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated.
B. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (under any condition) screws to match the hardware finish, or if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match the finish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish.
C. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent no standard units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners.
2.4 KEYING: Contractor shall provide new locksets, and provide and key all cylinders, in coordination with Owner for keying into the Pinal County building keying system.
A. Contractor shall provide and install construction cores cylinders until such time as permanent cylinders are installed.
B. Keying System: Provide to meet the following requirements:
Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key and a master key.
C. Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys.
D. Quantity: In addition to one extra blank key for each lock, provide the following:
Cylinder Change Keys: Three. Master Keys: Five.
2.5 FINISH: Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, and except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different for individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. In general, match items to the manufacturer's standard finish for the latch and lock set (or push-pull units if no latch-lock sets) for color and texture.
A. Provide finishes which match those established by the BHMA.
B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standard, but in no case less than specified for the applicable units of hardware by referenced standards.
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those listed in "Materials and Finishes Standard 1301" by the BHMA, including coordination with the traditional U.S. finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products.
D. Typical Finish: US26D (626); flatwork and accessories provided in stainless steel (32D) or another finish to match.
2.6 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Acceptable manufacturers for particular items of hardware are listed below.
A. Butts: Hager, McKinney, Stanley
B. Locksets, Passage Sets and Privacy Sets: Best Access Systems (county standard)
C. Closers: LCN, or equal by Norton, Sargent
D. Exit Devices: Precision Hardware APEX, Von Duprin, Sargent
E. Door Controls, Trim, Stops and Bumpers: BBW, Glynn Johnson, Ives, Quality, Stanley, Trimco
F. Seals, Weatherstripping, Door Bottoms, Thresholds: Reese, Pemko, Zero, National Guard
2.7 HINGES: Provide all hinges, ball-bearing type, standard weight for interior, exterior and outswinging corridor doors with non-removable pins; other with non-rising pins; provide flush button top and bottom tips on reverse bevel doors.
A. Width: Determine correct clearances and provide butt width as required for proper operation.
Length: 4-1/2" for doors to 36" wide.
Number required: 3 butts for doors over 60" high to 90" high 4 butts for doors over 90” high.
B. Types: Hager, BB1279 series. Hager, BB1168 series.
2.8 LOCKSETS AND PASSAGE SETS:
A. Locksets shall be heavy duty, interchangeable core. ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Class 1 strength and operational requirements. Best Series 9K with Peaks patented interchangeable core keying and 15D lever trim and rose.
B. All strikes shall be full-sized and furnished with curved lips.
C. Indicator Bolts: Occupancy Indicator Auxiliary Lock, equal Falcon Lock D217. “In Use” display. Provide emergency key.
2.9 CLOSERS: As noted above, typically LCN 4010.
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. At all exterior doors provide standard or parallel arms as required to locate the closer on the interior. At all doors on corridors, provide standard or parallel arms as required to locate the closer on the side of the door opposite the corridor.
1. All exterior arms shall be extra duty solid forged arms.
B. Template closers for 180 degree opening as indicated in the hardware schedule.
C. Equip all closers with sex nuts and through bolts.
D. Spray finish closers to match other hardware.
2.10 STOPS AND BUMPERS: Provide wall type where conditions permit, otherwise provide floor type. Preferred floor type for interior work, if wall type is not applicable, is BBW 806 Series as required, or equal.
2.11 SEALS: Weatherstripping: Pemko, type 303DS.
2.12 DOOR BOTTOMS: Fixed: Pemko, type 216AV for exterior doors.
2.13 ELECTRIC STRIKES:
A. ASSA ABLOY HES 1006 Series for use with cylindrical locksets.
B. Power Supply: HES 2002 Universal Power Supply.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations of Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames, by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed.
B. Install each item of hardware in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reapplication or reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in the Division 9 sections. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate.
C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.
D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Set thresholds in mastic using suitable manufacturer-supplied expansion anchors.
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
E. Set all thresholds solidly in grout or mastic using suitable expansion anchors
3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure the proper operation or function of each unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made.
A. FINAL ADJUSTMENT: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to final acceptance and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final balancing and operation of heating and ventilating equipment. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware.
3.3 CONTINUED MAINTENANCE SERVICES:
A. The General Contractor shall arrange the following to ensure a complete job:
1. Approximately six months after the acceptance of the hardware in each area, the installer, accompanied by the representative of the lockset distributor, shall return to the project and readjust every item of hardware. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems in the performance of the hardware.
PART 4 - HARDWARE SCHEDULE
General: While the following hardware sets are intended to cover all doors and establish a type and standard of quality, it shall be the specific duty and responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to examine the plans and specifications and furnish proper hardware for all openings, whether listed or not.
HARDWARE SCHEDULE: For each door or pair of doors provide the following:
Set 01 Hinges Closer w/Cushion Stop Entrance Lock Weatherstrip Door Bottom Drip Head Threshold (Revise to storeroom and add electric strike if Card Reader by Owner)
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-7 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Set 01B Hinges Closer w/Cushion Stop Entrance Lock Weatherstrip Door Bottom Threshold
Set 02 Hinges Office Lockset Kickplate Stop
Set 03 Hinges Storeroom Lockset Kickplate Stop
Set 04 Hinges Closer Passage Indicator Bolt Kickplate Stop
Set 05 Hinges Classroom Lockset Kickplate Stop
Set 06 Hinges Closer w/HO Entrance Lockset Weatherstrip Door Bottom Threshold
Set 07 All hardware by door manufacturer
END OF SECTION
FINISH HARDWARE 087100-8 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. Types of work include:
Gypsum drywall including screw-type metal support system for interior partitions.
Vapor barrier at demising wall.
Sound insulation.
Drywall finishing, including trim, and texturing.
2. Painting of drywall is specified in Section 099000.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Gypsum Board Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 840 for application and finishing of gypsum board, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Steel Framing Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C 754 for installation of steel framing for gypsum board.
3. Using Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings: Comply with requirements of GA-201.
4. Gypsum Board Terminology Standard: GA-505 by Gypsum Association.
5. Gypsum Construction Handbook: Proprietary publication of United States Gypsum.
6. Typical Deflection: Design for L/240.
D. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for each gypsum drywall component.
2. Samples: Provide 3 texture samples on 2’x2’ drywall showing range of specified texture for review and selection.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
E. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier.
2. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat and support to prevent sagging.
3. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged.
F. PROJECT CONDITIONS:
1. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board.
2. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for drying of joint treatment material immediately after its application. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent too rapid drying.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. METAL SUPPORT MATERIALS:
1. Wall/Partition Support Materials:
a) Studs: ASTM C 645. .
Depth of Section: 3-5/8", 6”, or as otherwise indicated.
Thickness: 20 ga.
b) Runners: Match studs; type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and ceiling support of studs, and for vertical abutment of drywall work at other work.
c) Partition Bridging: Prefabricated steel to fit punchouts in studs.
d) Blocking for Attached Equipment or Cabinetry: 6” x 18 ga. flat strap.
2. PARTITION MATERIALS:
a) GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 36, of types, edge configuration and thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.
Type: Type X.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Thickness: 5/8"
b) Moisture Resistant Board: Provide a moisture resistant backing board at toilet walls to receive FRP. Thickness: 5/8”
3. TRIM ACCESSORIES: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories, formed of galvanized steel (no plastic), with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide corner beads, J-trim, L-type edge trim-beads, U-type edge trim-beads, special L-kerf-type edge trim-beads, and one-piece control joint beads.
4. JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS:
a) General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, except as otherwise indicated.
b) Joint Tape for Drywall: Perforated paper type.
c) Joint Compound: Provide chemical-hardening-type for bedding and filling, ready- mixed vinyl-type or vinyl-type powder type for topping, meeting ASTM C 475. Provide type suitable for use at moisture resistant partitions, as required.
d) Texturing Compound for walls, soffits, and ceilings: A ready-mixed joint compound/topping compound or USG Ready-Mixed Texture Finish, or equal by Hamilton.
Texture: Light hock and trowel.
5. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Sealants and adhesives shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 23).
a) General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board.
b) Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646. Provide recommended corrosion resistant type for fastening moisture resistant and cement board.
c) Adhesive: Construction adhesive, complying with ASTM C557.
d) Sound Insulation: Glasswool insulation blankets, manufactured with renewable organic binders (non phenol, formaldehyde, acrylics, or artificial colors), and high- recycled content fiberglass. Thickness: 3”
1. Product: Equal of Knauf Building Insulation – Ecobatt Unfaced.
e) Vapor Retarder: 4 mil polyethylene sheet.
Installation Accessories for Vapor Retarder: 1) Vapor-Retarder Fasteners: Pancake-head, self-tapping steel drill screws; with fender washers.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2) Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type I, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT related to exposure, and Use O related to vapor-barrier-related substrates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PREPARATION FOR METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS:
1. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate work with structural ceiling work to ensure that structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling hangers.
2. Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement as follows:
a. Where partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure or structural walls:
1) Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. 2) Provide oversized or slip track where top of partition abuts structure.
b. See drawings for related requirements.
B. INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS:
1. Wall/Partition Support Systems:
a) Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures and casework, equipment, services, wall-mounted door stops, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings and similar work to comply with details indicated or if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, or if not available, of "Gypsum Construction Handbook".
b) Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work, except as otherwise indicated.
c) Extend studs as indicated to structural support above.
d) Stud Spacing: Space studs for interior partitions 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
e) Bridging: Provide continuous channel bridging at mid-height of typical partitions, and at third points in full-height partitions; friction fit or connect at each stud.
f) Frame door openings with double 20 ga. studs to comply with details indicated or if not otherwise indicated, to comply with "Gypsum Construction Handbook". Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for jack studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1) Provide 3 studs at all corners.
g) Frame openings other than door openings in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.
C. GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
1) Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA 216.
2) Install wall boards to minimize joints requiring treatment, as well as to minimize end butt joints. Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible.
3) Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" open space between boards. Do not force into place.
4) Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill-cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or field cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions.
5) Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts.
6) Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories.
7) Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls which are braced internally.
8) Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4" space and trim edge with U bead edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant.
9) Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated.
10) Acoustical Insulation: Install when drywall is one sided. Cut and trim around conduit and other penetrations. Fill gaps with loose insulation.
D. INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDER: Provide for interior side (toward offices) of demising wall between offices and high-bay areas.
1) General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2) Seal vertical joints in vapor retarder over framing by lapping not less than two wall studs. Space fasteners 16 inches o.c.
3) Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder.
4) Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
E. GYPSUM DRYWALL APPLICATION:
1) Fastening Methods: Apply single layer gypsum boards to supports with screws.
F. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES:
1) General: Apply trim as shown and as specified herein. Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
2) Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work.
3) Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would be exposed or semi-exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L-type trim. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant- filled (including expansion joints).
4) Install control joints as follows:
Partition - interior max. 30' o.c.
Installation of control joints will be reviewed and if quantity or placement is not according to specification, work shall be removed and replaced as directed.
G. FINISHING OF DRYWALL:
1) General: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for final finish. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges as recommended by manufacturer.
2) Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated.
3) Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-214.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
a. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistive-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies.
b. Level 4 for all remaining gypsum board surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
4) For level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply three separate coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects ready for decoration.
H. APPLICATION OF PRIMER AND TEXTURE FINISH:
1) Finish Application: Mix and apply texture finish to drywall wall, soffits, and ceilings, and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform texture without starved spots or other evidence of thin application, and free of application patterns. Final texture application shall be match that selected by Architect from submitted texture samples.
2) Remove any texture droppings or overspray from door frames, windows and other adjoining work.
I. PROTECTION OF WORK:
1) Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures gypsum drywall work being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion.
END OF SECTION 092900
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 092900-7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 095133 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes acoustical panel ceilings as follows:
2 x 4 panels, mineral fiber, suspended 15/16” wide steel suspension grid.
1.3 RELATED WORK:
A. Drywall ceilings are specified in Section 092900.
1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit product data for each type of product specified. Submit samples of each type of panel.
1.5 COORDINATION OF WORK: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system components, and partition system.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with appropriate labels.
1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish 1 box of ceiling panels installed.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements:
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095133 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Fire-Resistance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide acoustical panel ceilings identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. 2. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide acoustical panels with the following surface- burning characteristics complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Mineral Base Panels, fine smooth non-directional finish, angled tegular edge, 5/8” thick
1. Minimum Performance Values NRC .50 CAC 35 Light reflectance: Minimum 0.83. VOC Formaldehyde – No added Moisture Resistance – HumiGuard Plus and Antimicrobial
a. 24" x 48"
1) Certainteed Performa Sand Micro SHM-197 2) Equal by Armstrong or USG
USE: Typical
2.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Standard for Metal Suspension System: Provide 15/16" wide metal suspension for 2’x4’ panels that complies with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements.
B. Finish and Color: Provide manufacturer's factory-applied paint finish - white.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated.
D. Edge Moldings and Trim
1. Angle-moldings (L) for all areas.
2.3 DIRECT-HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Standard-Face Double-Web Steel Capped Suspension System: Main and cross-runners roll-formed from prepainted or electrolytic zinc-coated cold-rolled steel sheet; 15/16” wide face; Intermediate-Duty System; Cap: steel, painted white.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095133 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine structure to which ceiling systems attach to make sure all is ready to receive suspension systems. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections.
B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half-width units at borders.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical ceiling systems to comply with installation standard referenced below, per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
1. Standards for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: Comply with ASTM C 636 and ASTM E 580.
B. Suspend ceiling hangers directly or indirectly from building structural members and as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 4. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for structure to which hangers are attached as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Space hangers not more than 4'-0" o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. 6. Connect wires or other supports to structure.
C. Install edge moldings at perimeters of acoustical ceiling areas, at terminations (such as building columns), and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095133 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
D. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove chipped or dented panels and replace at completion of work.
END OF SECTION 095133
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095133 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 096500 – RESILIENT FLOORING AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Resilient wall base, transition and reducer strips. 2. Luxury vinyl tile (LVT) flooring.
B. Section 095615 – Vinyl Sheet Flooring.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data for each type of product specified.
B. Submit full range of samples for verification purposes of sheet flooring, rubber base, and termination accessories.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver flooring and accessories to site in original manufacturer's unopened packages and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions.
B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 deg F and 90 deg F.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F in spaces to receive flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F.
B. Close spaces to traffic during installation.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: Install flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish one box of LVT provided and one box of rubber base.
LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096500 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 RUBBER WALL BASE: FS SS-W-40, Type I; 4" high; 1/8" gage 100% extruded virgin synthetic rubber; with matching end stops; standard toe cove.
2.2 LUXURY VINYL TILE: Type 1, Grade 1, Type B (embossed).
a. Wearing Surface: Slight texture with micro-beveled edges
b. Overall Thickness: .100 inch
c. Wear Layer Thickness: 0.20 inch Quantum Guard HP polyurethane coating.
d. Size: 18 by 18 inches
e. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
1) Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm per ASTM E 648.
2) Pattern: Basis of Design: Mannington Commercial Nature’s Path Dissolve.
Color: As selected.
2.3 TRANSITION AND EDGE STRIPS: As detailed or needed by the work, rubber, 1/8" gage; color as selected by Architect. Transitions may include concrete/LVT/sheet vinyl.
2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
B. Patching/leveling compounds: Cementitious high-strength underlayment, trowelable and quick- setting. Equal of ARDEX SD-F or K-55, as appropriate for work.
C. Adhesives (Cements): Water-based, water-resistant, low-V.O.C. type, only as recommended by each flooring and rubber base manufacturer, respectively, for installation of their products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:
1. Concrete Moisture Test: Perform moisture tests on concrete floors regardless of the age or grade level with a minimum of three tests for the first 1000 square feet. The test shall be a calcium chloride test. One test shall be conducted for every 1000 sq. ft. of flooring. The test shall be conducted around the perimeter of the room, at columns and where moisture may be evident.
For the most accurate results, the weight of the calcium chloride dish shall be made on the job site at the start and end of each test. A diagram of the area showing the location
LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096500 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
and results of each test shall be submitted to the architect, general contractor or end user. If the test results exceed the limitations, the installation shall not proceed until the problem has been corrected.
2. Concrete pH Test: Perform pH tests on concrete floors regardless of the age or grade level. If the pH is greater than 9, it must be neutralized prior to beginning the installation to a minimum of 5.
3. Slab substrates are dry and free of materials which would interfere with bonding of adhesive, such as mastic or carpet glue and subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
4. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive floor covering materials.
1. Use trowelable cementitious-based leveling and patching compounds per floor covering manufacturer's direction to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
2. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor covering immediately before installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates to determine if there is visually any evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Solvent procedures may be used to remove old adhesive residues or similar materials from existing floors, but do not grind or use other mechanical means that cause dusting of the surface or distribution of surface dust into the air.
3. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Strictly comply with tile or sheet flooring manufacturer's installation instructions.
1. Lay out tile flooring to comply with the following requirements:
a. Maintain uniformity of floor covering direction. a. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low traffic areas, but in no case less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. b. Match edges of floor coverings for color shading and pattern at seams.
2. Scribe, cut, and fit tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture, including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings.
3. Extend into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
4. Maintain reference markers, holes or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device.
5. Adhere floor covering to flooring substrates by method approved by floor covering manufacturer.
LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096500 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
a. Produce completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. b. Comply with floor covering manufacturer's directions including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times.
6. Hand roll floor covering in both directions from center out to embed floor covering in adhesive and eliminate trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by roller is impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat-bladed instrument.
7. Rubber Base: Clean, patch or fill surface of wall if required to provide sound surface to receive new base. Apply base in lengths as long as practicable to walls, columns, and all permanent fixtures where indicated. Provide in areas to receive carpet, linoleum flooring, and all areas where new drywall partitions are installed. Mitered outside corners are not acceptable. Sand back of base lightly as needed to ensure secure adherence to wall.
a. On irregular surfaces, fill voids behind base and along top edge with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler.
8. Install transition trips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed or at changes of flooring materials.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after completing flooring installation:
1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers.
a. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. b. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by manufacturer. c. Damp-mop flooring to remove black marks and soil.
B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use methods recommended by flooring manufacturer.
C. Clean prior to dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Wet wipe rubber base to remove dust and marks.
END OF SECTION 096500
LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096500 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 096516 - VINYL SHEET FLOORING AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 THIS SECTION INCLUDES A. Flooring and accessories as shown on the drawings and schedules and as indicated by the requirements of this section. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract (including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 sections) apply to the work of this section. B. Section 096500 – Luxury Vinyl Tile (LVT) and Resilient Accessories. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Other Division 9 sections for floor finishes related to this section but not the work of this section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Select an installer who is competent in the installation of Armstrong resilient sheet flooring using heat-welded seams. B. If required, provide types of flooring and accessories supplied by one manufacturer, including leveling and patching compounds, and adhesives. C. If required, provide flooring material to meet the following fire test performance criteria as tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory: a. ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class I. b. ASTM E 662 (Smoke Generation) Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or less. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, seaming plan, coving details, and manufacturer's technical data, installation and maintenance instructions (latest edition of "Armstrong Guaranteed Installation System," F-5061) for flooring and accessories. B. Submit the manufacturer's standard samples showing the required colors for flooring, welding rods, and applicable accessories. C. If required, submit the manufacturer's certification that the flooring has been tested by an independent laboratory and complies with the required fire tests. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Deliver materials in good condition to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened containers that bear the name and brand of the manufacturer, project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, and protected from the weather and from extremes of heat and cold. Protect adhesives from freezing. Store flooring, adhesives and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. C. Maintain a minimum temperature in the spaces to receive the flooring and accessories of 65ºF and a maximum temperature of 85ºF for at least 48 hours before, during, and for not
SHEET FLOORING AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096516 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
less than 48 hours after installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55ºF in areas where work is completed. Protect all materials from the direct flow of heat from hot-air registers, radiators, or other heating fixtures and appliances. D. Install flooring and accessories after the other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the flooring. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until they are sufficiently dry to achieve a bond with the adhesive, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture tests.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING MATERIALS A. Basis of Design: Mannington Commercial Sheet Vinyl – Hetergeneous Light – Crossbar – Color to be Selected. Width: 6 ft. Overal hickness: 0.080 Composition: Nominal 0.020 in. thick, polyurethane-coated, clear wear layer composed of polyvinyl chloride resin, plasticizers and stabilizers on printed fiberglass and filled vinyl inner layers on a vinyl-saturated polyester scrim backing. Equal of Mannington Quantum Guard HP. Texture: Overall embossed texture. Vinyl sheet flooring shall meet ASTM F 1303, Type I, Grade 1, with Class A backing. Warranty: 10 year light commercial. B. Provide solid color vinyl weld rod supplied by manufacturer and intended for heat welding of seams. Color shall be compatible with field color of flooring or as selected by Architect to contrast with field color of flooring. Color selected from the range currently available from manufacturer. 2.02 WALL BASE MATERIALS A. For integral flash cove base: Provide integral flash cove wall base by extending sheet flooring 6 in. up the wall using adhesive , welding rod, and accessories recommended and approved by the flooring manufacturer. Top of cove shall be fully enclosed by manufacturer approved trim. 2.03 ADHESIVES A. For High-Moisture Installation Warranty, Full Spread: Provide Armstrong S-543 Premium Plus Commercial Sheet Flooring Adhesive for field areas and Armstrong; flash cove adhesive at flash coving; and wall base adhesive at the wall base as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. For patching, smoothing, and leveling monolithic subfloors provide fast-setting cement-based patch and skim Coat.
SHEET FLOORING AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096516 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. For sealing joints between the top of wall base or integral cove cap and irregular wall surfaces such as masonry, provide plastic filler applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Provide top edge trim caps of anodized aluminum for integral flash cove as approved by the Architect. D. Provide a fillet support strip for integral cove base with a minimum radius of 1 in. of wood or plastic. E. Provide transition/reducing strips tapered to meet abutting materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, and other defects that might prevent adhesive bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material. B. Inspect subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are free from curing, sealing, parting and hardening compounds; residual adhesives; adhesive removers; and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond. Visually inspect for evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, dusting, mold, or mildew. C. Report conditions contrary to contract requirements that would prevent a proper installation. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Failure to call attention to defects or imperfections will be construed as acceptance and approval of the subfloor. Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Smooth concrete surfaces, removing rough areas, projections, ridges, and bumps, and filling low spots, control or construction joints, and other defects with cement-based patch and skim coat as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. B. Remove paint, varnish, oils, release agents, sealers, and waxes. Remove residual adhesives as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Remove curing and hardening compounds not compatible with the adhesives used, as indicated by a bond test or by the compound manufacturer's recommendations for flooring. Avoid organic solvents. C. For High-Moisture Installation Warranty, perform subfloor moisture testing in accordance with ASTM F 2170, “Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Slabs Using in-situ Probes” and Bond Tests as described in publication F-5061, "Armstrong Guaranteed Installation System," to determine if surfaces are dry; free of curing and hardening compounds, old adhesive, and other coatings; and ready to receive flooring. Relative humidity of the slab shall not exceed 90%. Do not proceed with flooring installation until results of moisture tests are acceptable. All test results shall be documented and retained. D. Perform pH tests on concrete floors regardless of their age or grade level. All test results shall be documented and retained. E. Vacuum or broom-clean surfaces to be covered immediately before the application of flooring. Make subfloor free from dust, dirt, grease, and all foreign materials.
SHEET FLOORING AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096516 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.03 INSTALLATION OF SHEET FLOORING A. Install flooring in strict accordance with the latest edition of manufacturer’s installation instructions. B. Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of floor-set cabinets, casework, furniture, equipment, movable partitions, etc. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door recesses, closets, and similar openings as shown on the drawings. C. Scribe, cut, and fit or flash cove to permanent fixtures, columns, walls, partitions, pipes, outlets, and built-in furniture and cabinets. D. Adhere flooring to the subfloor without cracks, voids, raising and puckering at the seams. Roll with a 100-pound (45.36 kilogram) roller in the field areas. Hand-roll flooring at the perimeter and the seams to assure adhesion. Refer to specific rolling instructions of the flooring manufacturer. E. Lay flooring to provide a minimum number of seams. Avoid cross seams, filler pieces, and strips. Match edges for color shading and pattern at the seams in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. F. Install flooring with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times. G. Prepare heat-welded seams with special routing tool supplied for this purpose and heat weld with vinyl welding rod in seams. Use methods and sequence of work in conformance with written instructions of the flooring manufacturer. Finish all seams flush and free from voids, recesses, and raised areas. H. Provide integral flash cove wall base where shown on the drawings, including cove fillet support strip and top edge cap trim. Construct flash cove base in accordance with the flooring manufacturer's instructions. Heat-weld seams as specified for those on the floor. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Apply top set wall base to walls, columns, casework, and other permanent fixtures in areas where top-set base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practical, with inside corners fabricated from base materials that are mitered or coped. Tightly bond base to vertical substrate with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. B. Fill voids with plastic filler along the top edge of the resilient wall base or integral cove cap on irregular substrates. C. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring, and secure with adhesive recommended by the edge strip manufacturer. Install edge strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform initial maintenance according to the latest edition of "Armstrong Guaranteed Installation System," F-5061. B. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings.
END OF SECTION
SHEET FLOORING AND RESILIENT ACCESSORIES 096516 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 099100 - PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Painting of interior work and exterior work as noted.
A. Work also includes:
1) Interior drywall. 2) Interior and exterior hollow metal doors and frames. 3) Sealer for interior OSB demising wall.
B. Gypsum drywall is specified in Section 092900.
C. Pre-Engineered Building is specified in Section 133419. Metal roofing and wall panels are factory finished.
1.2 Particular paint colors and their location for use are indicated on the drawings on the Finish Schedule. Types of paint and coating finishes for various substrates are specified in this section.
1.3 "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems materials including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
1.4 Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules", except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint same as adjacent similar materials or areas.
1.5 Paint mechanical, electrical, or plumbing equipment that is exposed to public view. If equipment is in a mechanical/electrical room or within a screen at ground level, painting is not required.
1.6 Following categories of work are not included as part of field-applied finish work, or are included in other sections of these specifications.
A. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work, and similar items.
B. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory- finishing or installer finishing is specified for such typical items as (but not limited to) wood doors, casework, and light fixtures.
C. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, furred areas, pipe spaces and duct shafts.
PAINTING 099100-1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces of stainless steel, galvanized, those with factory applied finish, and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates.
1.9 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use.
B. Submit a list of specific paint items (type, manufacturer, formulation, and catalog number) for the Architect's review.
C. The Contractor shall submit 2 - 8-1/2 x 11 samples of each paint finish in the specified sheens. Identify samples with color name and number and location on the job.
1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:
A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and following information:
Name or title of material. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. Manufacturer's name. Chemical composition. Supplier's name and address. Color name and number. Application instructions. Material Safety Data Sheets.
B. Maintenance Stock: Contractor shall supply, new and unopened, 2 gallons of each type and color of each finish used on the project as maintenance stock for Owner. Label as indicated above and deliver for Owner's storage.
1.11 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Apply water-base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F. and 90 degrees F., unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
PAINTING 099100-2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COLORS AND FINISHES:
A. Colors are indicated on the color schedule and are typically non-stock tints, specified by a manufacturer’s color numbers. The particular manufacturer who supplies paint for project shall match these colors, subject to approval of Architect.
B. Color Pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated.
C. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers/finishes or remove and reprime as required. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others.
2.2 MATERIAL QUALITY: The following manufacturers' premium products have been used to set a standard of quality for the project. Products have been selected around the Dunn Edwards product line to establish a standard of quality. All paints shall be at least VOC compliant, if not better.
1. Other acceptable paint manufacturers include: Frazee, Glidden, Sherwin Williams, Sinclair, Pittsburg
2.3 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Gypsum Drywall: Prep – S-W 8 or 12
Semi Gloss - Cleanable 1 coat – Vinylastic Plus Interior Latex Wall Sealer 2 coats – Spartawall Interior Acrylic Latex Interior Paint – SWLL50 Use: Typical interior
B. Metal
Prep – S-W 14 1 coat – Bloc-Rust Premium Rust Preventative Metal Primer (omit if primed, use for touchup) 2 coats – Spartawall Interior Acrylic Latex Interior Paint – SWLL50
PAINTING 099100-3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. OSB
Prep – Clean and remove all dust, oils, treat any mildew with bleach 1 coat – Equal Sherwin Williams Exterior Water Borne Clear Sealer
2.4 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Metal
Prep – S-W 14 1 coat – Bloc-Rust Premium Rust Preventative Metal Primer (omit if primed, use for touchup) 2 coats – Acri-Hues Exterior Semi-Gloss Paint – ACHS50
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Applicator.
1) Starting of painting work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area.
2) Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, loose materials, or other conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition.
B. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items.
C. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly-painted surfaces.
1) Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning.
a) Touch-up shop-applied prime coats on structural steel, doors and frames, wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer.
PAINTING 099100-4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2) Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum based solvent. Etch or otherwise prepare surface as recommended by paint manufacturer.
3) Drywall: Blow off all loose materials, dust, oils, and other things that would inhibit adhesion. Repair cracks, voids, and other holes with paint manufacturer recommended patches and sealants.
3.3 MATERIALS PREPARATION:
A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material.
3.4 APPLICATION:
A. General: Apply all coatings in accordance with manufacturer's directions, using only recommended materials and methods. Use type of applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
B. All interior areas to be painted shall be dust-free and illuminated to no less than 1 watt per square foot.
C. Final paint thickness recommended by manufacturer is only a minimum; all paint systems shall totally cover and consistently hide the substrate upon which they are applied. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
D. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or cabinetry with prime coat only before final installation of equipment.
E. Paint exposed-to-view mechanical, electrical, or plumbing equipment to match adjacent surfaces. Do not paint mechanical or electrical equipment on roofs or in mechanical rooms or yards.
F. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat.
G. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop-primed, touch-up painted or prefinished, unless otherwise indicated.
H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first-coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.
PAINTING 099100-5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1) Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.
I. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as recommended by coating manufacturer, and to totally and consistently cover surface to which it is applied without gaps, skips, runs, and holidays.
J. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others.
K. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
L. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
M. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements.
3.5 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION:
A. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day and dispose of properly.
B. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass, pre-finished window frames, and other paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of cleaning and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.
C. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect.
1) Protect floors to remain exposed during overhead painting work.
D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly-painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations.
E. Disposal of Waste Materials: Recycle waste paint and empty containers if possible. Do not dump paint or clean brushes in building or site drains.
END OF SECTION 099100
PAINTING 099100-6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 101400 – BUILDING NUMERALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Cast aluminum building numerals
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawing for numerals, showing attachment and layout.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BUILDING NUMERALS: Cast of aluminum, castings shall be free of pits and gas holes.
A. Numerals: Satin aluminum finish with protective lacquer. Content as shown on building elevations.
1. Font: Arial Black 2. Height: 8”
B. Mounting:
1) Numerals: Threaded rods double bolted in 16 ga. steel backing behind metal panel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install numerals plumb and level, in location and with mounting specified.
BUILDING NUMERALS 101400- 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A. At completion of installation, clean surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Protect from damage until acceptance by Owner at the time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 101400
BUILDING NUMERALS 101400- 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 102800 – TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including construction details relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method, specified options, and finishes.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturers' standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
1.4 WARRANTY: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within warranty period.
A. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Bobrick numbers are used for specification purposes. Other manufacturers' products that are acceptable include:
1. A & J Washroom Accessories. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bradley Corporation. 4. McKinney/Parker.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 0.034-inch (22-gage) minimum thickness.
B. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B 19; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16; Castings, ASTM B 30.
C. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 0.04-inch (20-gage) minimum. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish.
D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60.
E. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2.
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 102800 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
F. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
G. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of galvanized steel where concealed.
2.3 SURFACE MOUNTED TOWEL DISPENSER: Surface mounted, dispensing folded towels. Equal Bobrick B-2620.
2.4 RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE: 18 ga. cabinet with 22 ga. removable 12 gal. receptor, all edges hemmed. Provide option vinyl liner.
2.6. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS: Surface mounted holders holding two rolls, with one dropping into place when the other is depleted. Equal Bobrick B-2888.
2.7 SOAP DISPENSERS: Liquid Soap Dispenser, Wall-mounted; 40 fl. oz. tank, horizontal orientation. Equal Bobrick B-2112.
2.8 GRAB BARS: 18 ga. stainless steel, concealed mounting with snap flange, 1-1/4" diameter with peened or other abrasive finish. Equal of ASI 3700 series of lengths and configurations as shown on the drawings.
2.9 MIRRORS: Stainless steel channel-framed mirror. Equal Bobrick B-165 1836.
2.10 MOP STRIP: Stainless steel with 3 mop/broom holders, equal Bobrick 223X24.
2.11 FABRICATION
A. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible.
B. Recessed Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors or access panels with full-length, stainless steel piano hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed.
C. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing, resupply, etc. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.
B. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, complying with ASTM F 446. Install baby changers to withstand loading of their listed capacity. Coordinate for support/blocking in walls.
C. Provide sanitary sealant, as specified in Section 079200 - Joint Sealers, concealed under surface flanges against walls.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 102800 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items.
B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings.
END OF SECTION 102800
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 102800 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 105220 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH CABINETS OR BRACKETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Fire extinguishers. 2. Fire extinguisher brackets. 3. Fire extinguisher cabinets.
B. Provide located as shown on the drawings or in coordination with Architect.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit product data for fire extinguishers.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. UL-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 4A-80B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container with optional bracket as shown.
2.2 CABINET
A. Construction: Manufacturer's standard box, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.
1. Cabinet equal of JL Companies Ambassador Series.
B. Cabinet Mounting: Suitable for the following mounting conditions:
1. Semi-recessed into standard partitions.
2. Trim Style: 2-1/2” rolled trim returning to wall.
C. Door and Trim Material and Construction: Manufacturer's standard door construction, of material indicated, coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH CABINETS OR BRACKETS 105220 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Powder coated steel. 2. Door Glazing: Full glazed, tempered clear.
D. Door Hardware: Provide pull with roller catch and continuous hinge.
E. Brackets: Equal JL J-Hook Bracket to accommodate 10 lb. extinguisher.
2.3 FINISHES FOR CABINETS, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes.
2.4 STEEL CABINET INTERIOR FINISHES:
A. Surface Preparation: Solvent-clean surfaces complying with SSPS-SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5 (white metal blast cleaning) or SSPC-SP 8 (pickling).
B. Factory-Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer immediately following surface preparation and pretreatment.
C. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. Paint entire cabinet inside and out, color - white.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation of bracket or cabinets. Mount fire extinguishers at time of project completion.
END OF SECTION 105220
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH CABINETS OR BRACKETS 105220 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 114001 - HEAVY DUTY FOUR POST TRACK TYPE VEHICLE LIFT
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification sets forth CUSTOMER’S requirements for the purchase of heavy duty above ground runway style track lift to permit lifting heavy vehicles, and in particular, fork trucks. The maximum rated capacity of the lift shall be 25,000 pounds. Installation of this equipment shall require no in-ground posts, pits or special foundations. Above ground parallelogram, in-ground or scissor type lifts are not acceptable.
1.2 Equipment shall be new and furnished with all specified materials for installation when delivered. Used or reconditioned equipment will not be accepted.
1.3 Equipment shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations and meet OSHA, UL, and NEC safety standards.
1.4 The vendor shall submit drawings of overall dimension, and utility requirements of the equipment within thirty (30) days after receipt of a purchase order.
1.5 Manufacturer shall be a firm regularly engaged in the design, and manufacturing of the type of equipment specified herein for a minimum of five (5) years. Equipment being offered shall be a current production model that has been in field operation for a minimum period of five (5) years.
1.6 All material thickness and structural dimensions are minimums. dimensional tolerances, unless noted, are as follows: ± 0.25 inch for dimensions less than 10 inches; ± 1.0 inch for dimensions 10 inches to 5 feet inclusive; ± 3.0 inch for dimensions greater than 5 feet.
1.7 The intended purpose of this lift is for under vehicle service of all customer’s vehicles weighing up to 25,000 lbs.
2.0 EQUIPMENT
2.1 Complete assembly shall consist of an electro-hydraulic lift, a power unit, and any accessories as specified herein.
Basis of Design: Mohawk Model TR-25 with 20’ tracks
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.2 Lifting Capacity: 12.5 tons (25,000 lbs.) minimum.
2.3 Lifting Height: The lift shall be capable of lifting the rated load to a height 69 1/4 inches (minimum), measured from floor level to bottom of tires.
2.4 Lifting unit shall permit lifting of vehicle to any height up to the full amount specified herein. The lift shall incorporate multi-position mechanical locks at all posts at 8 inch locking intervals through the full length of travel.
2.5 Lifting/ Lowering Speed: 30 inches per minute, minimum.
2.6 Each track shall be constructed of three (3) 4” wide by 8” inch high parallel “I” beams welded together and covered with diamond plate for added traction and durability.
2.7 Each track shall have a wheel stop constructed of 0.375 inch by 6” high (minimum) steel angle mounted to the rear of the track to prevent a vehicle from rolling off the rear of the lift when raised.
2.8 Ramp chocks shall automatically swing into position as the lift is raised and automatically recede when lowered.
2.9 Wheel chocks shall not reduce the effective length of lifting tracks by more than 8 inches.
2.10 Chocks shall be securely bolted to track to prevent casual removal by shop personnel.
2.11 Manually positioned wheel chocks will also be provided.
2.12 Track Dimensions
Track Length: 262 inches, minimum. (includes length of I-beams and end connection plates)
Track Width: 24 inches, minimum.
Spacing outside tracks: 96 inches.
Overall Lift Width: 150 1/4 inches, minimum.
Overall Lift Length: 327 1/4 inches, minimum; (including front ramps).
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Retracted height of tracks: 9 1/4 inches above finished floor.
Distance between runways: 48 inches (4 ft).
2.13 Drive-On Ramps: 2 ramps located at front of lift (drive through ramps optional).
2.14 Ramp Dimensions:
Width: 24 inches Height: 9 1/4 inches Incline: Shall be less than 10 degrees.
2.15 Drive-on ramps shall be constructed of ¼ inch thick steel diamond floor plate supported by 3 each 3/8 inch thick steel support plate ribs, braced by 4” x 4” steel angles.
2.16 Drive-on ramps shall be bolted to track end and be allowed to pivot on end of track as it is raised. Overlapping end of ramp shall act as an automatic wheel stop that engages upon lift ascent.
2.17 Ramps shall be equipped with articulating tips which come to a maximum of ½” tall from floor surface, assisting in driving low profile vehicles up and onto ramp, particularly fork trucks with small solid rubber tires.
2.18 Non-skid Surfaces: The tracks and approach ramps shall be covered with steel diamond floor plate providing a skid-resistant surface.
2.19 Crossrails supporting tracks shall consist of 5 inch x 7 inch x 3/8 inch thick wall structural steel rectangular tubing.
2.20 Each post shall consist of a 7 gauge thick, sheet steel formed leg welded onto a 1/2 inch thick steel base plate measuring 11 3/4 inch square. Post shall have 6 each ½” thick x 2” high steel rung plates, evenly spaced in length of formed leg, to act as mechanical lock supports.
2.21 Synchronization between mainside and offside posts shall be accomplished through use of twin opposing leaf chains (BL-646 leaf chain) which are 1 5/8 thick.
2.22 Synchronization between front and rear posts shall be accomplished through use of twin opposing leaf chains (BL-646 leaf chain).
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.23 Lifting System
2.23.1 The lift will be powered by a single lifting cylinder located on a toprail mounted on top of one pair of side posts. Toprail shall be reversible to driver or passenger side.
2.23.2 Cylinder will be 5 ½ inch diameter and power (pull) an enclosed 1 1/2 inch diameter chrome-plated rod attached to the cylinder chain block.
2.23.3 Cylinder chain block shall be fabricated with 1 7/8 thick steel plate join the cylinder rod to the (4) four main lift chain connectors.
2.23.4 To maintain absolute level of chrome rod, a sealed roller bearing shall be attached to chain block to roll on the toprail and keep rod level.
2.23.5 Toprail supporting cylinder shall be of 6” x 10” x ¼ wall structural steel tubing, bolted on top of one pair of side posts.
2.24 Safety System
2.24.1 Each safety lock shall consist of twin 1/2 inch thick plates at each post. Safeties will rest upon lock racks consisting of 1/2 inch thick, 2 inch high steel rung plates welded to the inside length of the formed leg.
2.24.2 The locking mechanism shall be manually released at track near power unit (via safety cables) and gravity engaging towards the locked position.
2.24.2.1 Provide single point air lock release with pneumatic cylinders at each lock.
2.24.3 The locks shall disengage when the lock release handle is pressed. At all other times the locks remain in the engaged position.
2.24.4 The safety locks shall always be engaged when the lock release handle is not depressed.
2.25 Electric Motor
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.25.1 208-230 VAC, 1 phase, 60 Hz, Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC), 2.5 HP of US manufacture.
2.26 Control System
2.26.1 The lift controls shall consist of a “Raise” push button located on the power unit, a lowering handle located on the power unit, and a manual lock release handle located on the track near the power unit.
2.26.2 The power unit shall consist of the following:
* Electric Motor with switch * Steel oil reservoir (plastic reservoirs not acceptable) * Suction strainer * Hydraulic gear pump submerged in reservoir * Electric motor * Hydraulic manifold valving
2.27 Hose assemblies shall be furnished for interconnecting hydraulics between the power unit and the main lifting cylinder.
2.28 Signage
2.28.1 All controls, warnings, and instructional information shall be oil resistant, laminated, or engraved in plastic. Metal serial tag shall be riveted into place.
2.28.2 Characters to contrast with background color. Colors shall be resistant to fading from all sources, including, but not limited to sunlight, dirt, extreme temperatures, age, ozone, diesel fuel, hydraulic fluid, and common cleansers.
2.29 Paint
2.29.1 Entire lift shall be painted manufacturer’s standard color(s).
2.29.2 For safety purposes, moving sections of lift (runways and crossbeams) shall be painted OSHA safety yellow.
2.29.3 All surfaces shall be free of grit, contaminants, or other substances that would prevent proper adhesion.
2.29.4 All surfaces shall be painted with two coats minimum of lead-free acrylic enamel paint in accordance with paint manufacturer’s instructions.
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.0 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
3.1 Oil reservoir shall be sized for capacity of system, made of 0.084 thick sheet steel (minimum) pickled & oiled and shall be easily accessible.
3.2 Hydraulic cylinder shall have a velocity fuse integrally mounted to prevent collapse in the event of a fluid leak.
3.3 Cylinder Specifications:
Barrel Outside Diameter: 5.50 inch Barrel Inside Diameter: 5.00 inch Rod (Chrome Plated) Diameter: 1.50 inch Cylinder Stroke: 60 inch
3.4 All hydraulic hoses shall be of steel reinforced construction, with a burst rating of 13,500 PSIG (minimum) and have standard JIC fittings throughout. Hydraulic tubing is to consist of seamless stainless steel with a minimum outside diameter of 3/8 inch.
3.5 The lift shall be driven by a hydraulic gear pump of US manufacturer, capable of supplying the appropriate pressure and flow to operate the lift.
3.6 Hydraulic oil and filter shall require replacement under normal use no more frequently than once a year.
END OF SECTION
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4.0 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
4.1 Single Point Air Lock Release System (OPTIONAL)
4.1.1 The lift shall be optionally equipped with pneumatic (air) cylinders at each mechanical lock.
4.1.2 A single air press valve shall be provided near the lift controls to enable the user to release/dis-engage all the mechanical locks.
4.1.3 This option requires a compressed air supply to the lift (60 psi minimum).
4.2 Track Lighting (OPTIONAL)
4.2.1 The lift shall be furnished with four (4) 40 watt dual pin, 48 inch long (minimum) cool white fluorescent lighting fixtures. Lights shall be evenly spaced along the length of each track to illuminate the inner area of the lift and the vehicle undercarriage.
4.2.2 One (1) coiled cable of 12/3 Type SOW cable (rated 25 Amps) shall be supplied to connect incoming power supply to moving tracks.
4.2.3 Light fixtures shall incorporate guards to prevent breakage of bulbs and also shield the operator in the event of the bulb breakage.
4.2.4 The lighting system shall be self-contained and require its own 120 VAC power supply. A limit switch shall be provided to prevent power to the system when the lifting tracks are below 18 inches from floor level to top of track.
4.3 RJ-25 & RJ-15 Electric-Hydraulic Jacking Beams (OPTIONAL)
4.3.1 Maximum Capacity per beam: RJ-15 – 15,000 lbs RJ-25 - 25,000 lbs
4.3.2 The jacking beam weldment shall be constructed of two (2) 3” x 5” x 3/8” wall parallel ASTM A-500 grade B structural rectangular steel tubes welded onto a 3/8” thick x 11 3/4” wide x 50” long ASTM A-36 steel bottom plate. End Sections are enclosed by 3/8” thick ASTM A-36 steel plates to trap ends of platform in flanges of tracks. One
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
(1) 1/4” thick x 42” wide ASTM A-36 steel flat handle provided for pushing and pulling platform along inside length of tracks. Mounting plates provided for mounting valving and power unit.
4.3.4 Wheel assemblies: Wheels constructed of AISI C-1045 Chrome rod and rimmed to capture flat rails that run along inside of each track. Axles made of 3/4” diameter ASTM A-311 class B steel round stock. Axles designed to carry load of jack beam when empty and flex when loaded, thus transferring load of jack beam on inner flanges of tracks to secure/hold jacking beam in place. Adjustment of wheel centers made by adjusting set screws in axle retaining sleeves.
4.3.5 The power unit shall consist of a Motor, Pump and Reservoir.
4.3.5.1 Motor: 1 HP, 1800 rpm, 115/230 VAC, 13.4/6.7 FLA, 60 Hz, single phase, continuous duty, Insulation class B, 48C frame, permanently lubricated ball bearings, UL recognized and CSA approved.
4.3.5.2 Pump: 0.8 gpm @ 2000 psi @ 1800 rpm
4.3.5.3 Reservoir: 7” x 10” x 10” steel rectangular tank (3 gallon).
4.3.6 Valving: (1) Directional control valve, 2 spool tandem valve, spring centered, rated 3000 psi, with (2) handle assemblies for separate control of each jacking cylinder.
4.3.7 Two (2) Jacking Cylinders: Each consisting of (1) 4 1/8” OD x 3 5/8” ID ASTM A-513-5 honed steel cylinder barrel and (1) 2 5/8” diameter CF-1045 steel cylinder rod. Cylinder bases consist of a 3/8” thick x 5” x 7 1/2” ASTM A-36 steel plate. Exposed rod ends have machined holes to accept standard lifting pads and special axle lifting pads. Stroke of each jack cylinder equals approx 6”.
4.3.7.1 Each hydraulic cylinder shall have a velocity fuse integrally mounted to prevent collapse in the event of a fluid leak.
4.3.8 Two (2) standard lifting pads and two (2) axle/yoke lifting pads supplied with each jacking beam. Jacking beam also supplied with (2) 3” long and (2) 6” long stackable truck adapters.
4.3.9 Hydraulic Tubing: 3/8” OD seamless stainless steel hydraulic tubing assemblies, rated 14,000 psig minimum burst pressure, flared at each end to accept #6 ORB male fittings. Four (4) Hydraulic Hose
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 8
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
assemblies: Parker brand type SAE-100R2, 1/4” ID, Rated 20,000 psig minimum burst pressure, oil, weather and abrasion resistant, each end with #6 JIC female swivel fittings.
4.3.10 Wiring: Power lead conductor, 14/3 Type SOW-A/SO, water and oil-resistant, rated 18 Amp, 600 V, UL listed, CSA approved, OSHA acceptable. Plug, 2 pole, 3-wire grounding, 15 Amp, 125 V, NEMA 5-15.
4.3.11 Dimensions: Designed for standard 48” dimension inside of tracks. Approximate beam dimensions: 13 3/8” high x 25” deep x 51” long.
4.4 JP-25 & JP-15 Jack Platforms (OPTIONAL)
4.4.1 Maximum Capacity per beam: JP-15 – 15,000 lbs JP-25 - 25,000 lbs
4.4.2 The jack platform weldment shall be constructed of two (2) 3” x 5” x 3/8” wall parallel ASTM A-500 grade B structural rectangular steel tubes welded onto a 3/8” thick x 11 3/4” wide x 50” long ASTM A-36 steel bottom plate. End Sections are enclosed by 3/8” thick ASTM A-36 steel plates to trap ends of platform in flanges of tracks. One (1) 1/4” thick x 42” wide ASTM A-36 steel flat handle provided for pushing and pulling platform along inside length of tracks.
4.4.3 Wheel assemblies: Wheels constructed of AISI C-1045 Chrome rod and rimmed to capture flat rails that run along inside of each track. Axles made of 3/4” diameter ASTM A-311 class B steel round stock. Axles designed to carry load of jack platform when empty and flex when loaded, thus transferring load of jack platform on inner flanges of tracks to secure/hold platform in place. Adjustment of wheel centers made by adjusting set screws in axle retaining sleeves.
4.4.4 Mounting plates provided for mounting valving and power unit to allow for conversion of jack platform into electric-hydraulic jacking beam (see RJ-25 and RJ-15, section 4.3) with the addition of power unit, jack cylinders and valving.
4.4.5 Dimensions: Designed for standard 48” dimension inside of tracks. Approximate beam dimensions: 13 3/8” high x 25” deep x 51” long.
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 9
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4.4.6 Custom Length JP-25 and JP-15 jack platforms available for track setting as low as 20 inches inside tracks.
4.5 THIRD WHEEL OPTION (OPTIONAL)
4.5.1 Located at the entrance end of the lift, an additional 3’ long track section and matching ramp shall be located between the main drive on ramps/tracks, to allow the entrance of fork trucks with center third wheels.
4.5.2 Track-ramp combo available in 18 inch wide and 24 inch wide.
4.6 DRIVE-THRU RAMPS (OPTIONAL)
4.6.1 Drive-thru ramp option includes two (2) additional ramps and attaching hardware to enable driving of vehicle onto and thru tracks.
4.6.2 Dimensions: Designed for standard 24” wide tracks. Increases length of lift by approximately 63”. Departure angle: 8.5° approx.
4.7 TD-1000-AH TIRE DOLLY (OPTIONAL)
4.7.1 The TD-1000-AH tire dolly is designed for the removal and installation of single, tandem, and duplex tires and wheels which are mounted on trucks that are supported above ground level (i.e. raised off the wheels by a jacking beam)
4.7.2 The tire dolly shall come equipped with an air over hydraulic pump unit, operated by a foot pedal for raising and lowering.
4.7.3 The tire dolly capacity shall be 1000 lbs minimum.
4.7.4 The tire dolly shall have an open-carriage design for much easier access to lug nuts and visibility for alignment of bolt pattern to wheels.
4.7.5 Heavy duty lift arms made with ball bearing conveyer rollers shall allow easy rotation of wheels for alignment with bolt pattern.
4.7.6 A hydraulic jack shall be provided to tilt the arms for ease of aligment, providing a -2 degree to +30 degree fork tilt range.
4.7.7 A safety chain shall be provided to secure tires and wheels to dolly.
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 10
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4.7.8 Dolly shall be equipped with two (2) front mounted ball bearing casters, and two (2) rear mounted ball bearing swivel casters for maneuverability. The swivel caster wheels shall include locking mechanisms which can prevent the dolly from moving.
4.7.9 The dolly fork rollers shall range in height from 2 1/8” minimum to 39 ½ inches at maximum height.
4.7.10 The side to side adjustment shall be 7” minimum, to ease alignment of rim’s lug holes with wheel.
4.7.11 The fork rollers shall be at 30 7/8” width and 22 1/8” long to accommodate a variety of larger diameter, wide tires.
4.7.12 Overall dimensions of dolly shall be 49 ½” long, 44 ½” wide, 69 ¾” high.
4.8 ST-2000 Scissoring Transmission Jack Table (OPTIONAL) 4.8.1 Maximum capacity of table is 2,000 lbs.
4.8.2 This lift table handles power train components like engines and their transmissions, engines with transaxle assemblies, rear ends and large electric vehicle batteries. It will also serve as a work table where components can be lowered to a convenient work height for repairs.
4.8.3 Dimenions: Height fully lowered: 31 inches Height fully raised: 80 1/2 inches Table Width: 19 inches Table Length: 36 inches Overall Dimensions: 31”W x 56”L x 34 1/2H
4.8.4 Table comes equipped with (4) 8 inch diameter swivel casters for easy maneuverability. Front wheels can be locked in position for steering. Rear wheels can be locked to prevent the lift from rolling.
4.8.5 Table comes equipped with an air/hydraulic foot pump with a metered valve for safely lowering load.
4.8.6 Five foot extension hose with quick disconnect fittings stores in the lift base. The foot pump can be removed from its holder and hydraulic hose quickly and easily extended using the extension hose. This provides hands free operation of the pump anywhere around the lift table’s perimeter.
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 11
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4.8.7 Scissor lift table design provides easy 360 degree access to any component.
4.8.8 Two heavy duty ratchet tie-downs are included to safely secure the load on the lift table.
4.8.9 Twin threaded rods with ¾ inch hex heads can be adjusted with common ratchet or hex driver, to adjust table tilt angle +/- 15 degrees, from front to back, or from side to side.
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 12
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
5.1 This bid shall be rewarded only to a responsible bidder, qualified to provide the work specified. The bidder shall submit the following information with his proposal:
5.2 Experience record showing the bidder’s training and experience in similar work with units of stated capacities.
5.3 List and brief description of similar work satisfactorily complete with location, dates of contracts, names and addresses of owners.
5.4 List of equipment and facilities available to do the work.
5.5 List 3 references of jobs of equal value with the same specified equipment.
COMPANY NAME CONTACT PHONE #
File: FL-25-13.doc Rev: 1-7-2009
VEHICLE LIFT 114001 - 13
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Metal building systems including:
a. Metal framing components. b. Metal wall panels and trim. c. Metal roof panels and trim. d. Metal building accessories. e. Aluminum window systems. f. Roof and wall insulation systems.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants.
B. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete slabs and footings.
C. Section 051200 - Structural Steel: Supplementary steel wall and roof framing.
D. Section 081113 – Hollow Metal Doors and Frames for interior and exterior doors and frames.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC):
1. AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, June 22, 2010. 2. AISC 341 - AISC Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, June 22nd, 2010. 3. AISC 303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, April 14th, 2010.
B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) :
1. AISI S100 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members, 2012 Edition.
C. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.
D. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE):
1. ASHRAE 90.1-2010 - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings (I-P Edition).
E. ASTM International (ASTM): Latest versions of:
1. ASTM A 6/A 6M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling. 2. ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3. ASTM A 325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat-Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A 475 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 5. ASTM A 490 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 6. ASTM A 500/A 500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 7. ASTM A 529/A 529M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality. 8. ASTM A 563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 9. ASTM A 572/A 572M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel. 10. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 11. ASTM A 792/A 792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 Percent Aluminum- Zinc Alloy-Coated by Hot-Dip Process. 12. ASTM A 992/A 992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 13. ASTM A 1011/A 1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability and Ultra-High Strength 14. ASTM A 1018/A 1018A - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy- Thickness Coils, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Commercial, Drawing, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High- Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra- High Strength 15. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 16. ASTM C 1363 - Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus. 17. ASTM D 2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness. 18. ASTM D 2244 - Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. 19. ASTM D 4214 - Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 20. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 21. ASTM E 72 - Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction. 22. ASTM E 283 - Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors under Specified Pressure Differences Across Specimen. 23. ASTM E 331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 24. ASTM E 1592 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 25. ASTM E 1646 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
26. ASTM E 1680 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems. 27. ASTM E 1980 - Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces. 28. ASTM F 436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 29. ASTM F 1941 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings on Threaded Fasteners (Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN/UNR))
F. Factory Mutual Approvals (FM Approvals):
1. FM 4471 - Approval Standard for Class 1 Panel Roofs. 2. FM 4880 - Approval Standard for Class 1 Fire Rating of Insulated Wall or Wall and Roof/Ceiling Panels, Interior Finish Materials or Coatings and Exterior Wall Systems. 3. FM 4881 - Approval Standard for Class 1 Exterior Wall Systems.
G. International Accreditation Service (IAS):
1. Accreditation Criteria 472 (AC472) - Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems, latest edition.
H. Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA):
1. Metal Building Systems Manual, 2012 Edition.
I. National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC):
1. NFRC 100 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors, 2014 2. NFRC 200 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence, 2010.
J. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 285 - Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components, 2012 Edition.
K. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC):
1. RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts, December 31, 2009.
L. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):
1. UL-580 - Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. 2. UL-790 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. 3. UL-2218 - Impact Resistance of Prepared Roof Covering Materials.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Prior to erection of framing, conduct preinstallation meeting at site attended by Owner, Architect, manufacturer's technical representative, inspection agency and related trade contractors.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Traditional Metal Building System: Building system using either continuous or simple span "Z" purlins for support of roof covering material.
B. Long Bay System (LBS): Building system using simple span, cold-formed, open web purlins to support roof covering material.
C. Single Slope: Continuous frame building which does not contain ridge, but consists of one continuous slope from side to side. Building consists of straight or tapered columns and tapered or straight rafters. Sidewall girts may be continuous (by-passing columns) or simple span (flush in column line). Rafters may or may not have interior columns.
D. Roof Slope: Pitch expressed as inches of rise for each 12 inches (305 mm) of horizontal run.
E. Building Eave Height: Nominal dimension measured from finished floor to top flange of eave strut.
F. Building Width: Measured from outside to outside of side wall secondary structural member.
G. Building Length: Measured from outside to outside of end wall secondary structural member.
H. Auxiliary Loads: Dynamic loads induced by cranes, conveyors, or material handling systems.
I. Collateral Loads: Weight of any non-moving equipment or material, such as ceilings, electrical or mechanical equipment, sprinkler systems, plumbing, or ceilings.
J. Dead Load: Actual weight of building system as supplied by manufacturer supported by given member.
K. Roof Live Loads: Loads produced by maintenance activities, rain, erection activities, and or movable or moving loads but not including wind, snow, seismic, crane, or dead loads.
L. Seismic Loads: Loads acting in any direction on structural system due to action of an earthquake.
M. Wind Loads: Loads on structure induced by forces of wind blowing from any horizontal direction.
1.6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Governing Design Code: Structural design for the metal building system shall be performed by the manufacturer of the metal building system in accordance with the building code provided in the contract documents.
B. Design Basis:
1. Use standards, specifications, recommendations, findings, and interpretations of professionally recognized groups as basis for establishing design, drafting, fabrication, and quality criteria, practices, and tolerances, including the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 2. Design structures in accordance with MBMA Practices and Manual including fabrication and erection tolerances. 3. Design structural mill sections and welded plate sections in accordance with AISC 360, ASD Method. 4. Design the lateral force resisting systems and related components for seismic loads in accordance with AISC 341.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Design cold-formed steel structural members and panels in accordance with AISI S- 100. 6. Design all bolted joints in accordance with RCSC Specification.
C. Design Loads:
1. In accordance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's standard design practices. 2. Design loads include dead loads, roof live loads, wind loads, seismic loads, collateral loads, auxiliary loads, floor live loads and applied or specified loads.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Complete erection drawings with identification and assembly of building components. b. Show anchor bolt settings, transverse cross-sections, sidewall, endwall, and roof framing, flashing and sheeting, and accessory installation details. c. Bear seal and signature of Registered Professional Engineer responsible for metal building system design in accordance with state law.
2. Manufacturer installation manual showing:
a. Preparation instructions and recommendations. b. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. c. Installation methods.
3. Structural Design Calculations: 2 sets sealed and signed by a professional engineer licensed in accordance with applicable state law.
4. Documentation including test reports supporting Thermal Transmission Coefficients (U-factors) and Solar Heat Gain Coefficients (SHGC; for non-opaque components only) of building envelope components specified in this section.
B. Samples:
1. Submit color chips showing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns for each finish product. 2. After color selection submit samples representing actual product, color, and patterns.
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. IAS AC472 Certificate for each facility involved in the design and fabrication of the Metal Building System. 2. Certified Erector Certificate issued to the erector by the manufacturer.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer and Fabricator Qualifications: Primary products furnished by single IAS AC472 accredited manufacturer/fabricator with minimum 5 years of experience.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store packaged products in original, unopened packaging until ready for installation.
B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials and materials used with solvent-based materials in accordance with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.
C. Protect steel products from weather as specified by manufacturer instructions.
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install systems when temperature, humidity, or ventilation is outside of limits recommended by manufacturer.
1.11 WARRANTIES
A. Special Manufacturer’s Warranty: On manufacturer’s standard form, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace metal building system components that fail in materials and workmanship within one year from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Panel Finish Warranty: On Manufacturer’s standard form, in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace metal panels that evidence deterioration of factory-applied finish within the specified number years from date of Substantial Completion, including:
1. Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System (PVDF):
a. Color fading in excess of 10 Hunter units per ASTM D 2244 for 25 years. b. Chalking in excess of No. 6 rating per ASTM D 4214 for 25 years. c. Failure of adhesion, peeling, checking, or cracking for 40 years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Star Building Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.starbuildings.com). Other acceptable manufacturers include:
1. A&S Building Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.a-s.com) 2. All-American Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.allamericansys.com) 3. Ceco Building Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.cecobuildings.com) 4. Garco Building Systems, a subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.garcobuildings.com) 5. Mesco Building Solutions, subsidiary of NCI Buildings, Inc. (www.mescobuildingsolutions.com) 6. Metallic Building Co., subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.metallic.com) 7. Mid-West Steel Building Company, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc.(www.midweststeel.com) 8. Robertson Buildings, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc.(www.robertsonbuildings.com)
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Primary Framing Steel:
1. Hot-rolled shapes: ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992, minimum yield of 36 ksi (248 MPa) or 50 ksi (345 MPa). 2. Built-up sections:
a. Webs:
1) ASTM A 1011 or ASTM A1018, SS or HSLAS, Grade 55 (380) for webs 3/16 inch (4.76 mm) thick and thinner. 2) ASTM A 572 Grade 50 (340) or 55 (380) for webs thicker than 3/16 inch (4.76 mm).
b. Flanges: ASTM A 529 Grade 55 (380) or ASTM A 572 Grade 50 (340) or 55 (380).
3. Round tube: ASTM A 500, Grade B or C with minimum yield strength of 42 ksi (290 MPa). 4. Square and rectangular tube: ASTM A 500, Grade B or C, minimum yield strength of 42 ksi (290 MPa). 5. Cold-formed C sections: ASTM A 1011, Grade 55 (380), or ASTM A 653, Grade 55 (380). 6. X-bracing: ASTM A 529 or A 572 for rod bracing 36 ksi (248 MPa) or 50 ksi (345 MPa), ASTM A 36 for angle bracing or ASTM A 475 for cable bracing.
B. Secondary Framing Steel:
1. Purlins, girts, and eave struts: ASTM A 1011 Grade 55 (380), or ASTM A 653, Grade 55 (380). 2. Thickness:
a. 16 gauge: 0.056 inch (1.421 mm) minimum uncoated thickness.
3. Finish: Gray Primed.
C. Panels:
1. Type: PBR 2. Materials: ASTM A 792. 3. Thickness and yield strength:
a. 24 gauge: 0.0212 inch minimum uncoated thickness, 50 ksi yield strength.
4. Finishes:
a. Exterior Paint:
1) Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System (PVDF): 0.2 – 0.3 mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 mil 70 percent PVDF fluoropolymer color coat. 2) Basis of Design: Signature 300.
b. Interior Paint: 0.5 mil total dry film thickness consisting of primer coat and wash coat of manufacturer's standard light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 7 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Fasteners:
a. Through-fastened panels: Self-drilling with sealing washer. b. Standing seam panels: Long life self-drilling with sealing washer. c. Ridge: Long-life self-drilling with sealing washer. d. Clips to purlin or bar joists: Long-life self-drilling with hex washer head and washer.
6. Clips:
a. Low or high fixed clips: Use where moderate thermal expansion and contraction in roof panel is expected. b. Low or high sliding clips: Provide 2 to 4 inches of travel for panel thermal expansion and contraction.
7. Sealants and closures:
a. Side-laps: Factory applied, hot melt, foamable mastic. b. End-laps, eave, ridge assembly, gable flashings: Field-applied non-skinning sealant as specified in Section 07 92 00. c. Standing Seam Roof Closures:
1) Outside closures: 24 gauge steel sheet. 2) Inside closures: 18 gauge Galvalume or G-40 galvanized coated steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
d. Through-Fastened Roof Closures: Provide closed-cell polyethylene inside [and outside] foam closures.
1) Bulk Density: 2 pounds per cubic foot. 2) Service Temperature: -100 to 180 degrees Fahrenheit. 3) Shore Hardness: 7 on AA scale or 51 on 00 scale when tested to ASTM D 2240.
2.3 PRIMARY FRAMING
A. Frame Design: As indicated on Drawings.
B. Sidewall Column Profile: As indicated on Drawings.
C. Frame Span: Modular or Clear Span as indicated on Drawings.
D. Modular Frame Interior Column Profile: As indicated on Drawings.
E. Bracing: Standard X-Bracing or Portal Frames as allowed by accessories.
2.4 SECONDARY FRAMING
A. Roof Zee Purlins:
1. Horizontal structural members which support roof coverings. 2. Depth: As required by design. 3. Thickness: As required by design. 4. Finish: Gray primed.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 8 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Long Bay Purlins:
1. Horizontal structural members that support roof systems, with virtual square shaped top and bottom chords and web members. 2. Open Web Purlins for Long Bay applications. 3. Finish: Gray primed.
C. Wall Zee Girts:
1. Horizontal structural members that support vertical panels. 2. Depth: As required by design. 3. Gauge: As required by design, 16 gauge minimum uncoated thickness. 4. Finish: Gray primed.
D. Spandrel Beams: ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 992/A 992M wide flange shapes, minimum yield 50 ksi for support of wall systems provided by others, as required by design.
2.5 BOLTS
A. Rigid Frame Connections: Provide High Strength Bolts, Nuts and Washers:
1. Bolts: ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Heavy Hex Structural Type I as required by manufacturer's design. 2. Washers: ASTM F 436 Type 1 Hardened Steel] [Not Required]. 3. Nuts: ASTM A 563 Grade C Heavy Hex. 4. Coating: ASTM F 1941 Electrodeposited Yellow Zinc.
B. Other Connections: Provide High Strength or Machine Bolts as required by manufacturer design:
1. High Strength Bolts and Nuts:
a. Bolts: ASTM A 325 Heavy Hex Structural Type I. b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 Grade C Heavy Hex. c. Coating: ASTM F 1941 Electrodeposited Yellow Zinc.
2. Machine Bolts:
a. Bolts: ASTM A 307 Grade Carbon Steel. b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 Hex Nut Grade A. c. Coating: ASTM F 1941 Electrodeposited Clear Zinc.
2.6 ROOF SYSTEMS
A. Assembly Performance Requirements: Provide roof products and assemblies meeting the following requirements:
1. UL 580, Class 90 assemblies approved and listed under manufacturer. 2. Class A rated and listed in accordance with UL-790 for External Fire.
B. Through-Fastened Panels:
1. Type: PBR single skin ribbed panels with exposed fasteners. 2. Strength: Determine and certify allowable panel strengths in accordance with AISI S100. 3. Panel profile(s): PBR; 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) ribs at 12 inch centers, 1/2:12 minimum roof slope.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 9 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
a. Thickness: 24 gauge b. Finish: PVDF c. Colors: Selected from manufacturer standard colors. d. Air Infiltration: Maximum air infiltration of 0.04 cubic feet per minute per square foot of specimen area when tested to ASTM E 1680 at a pressure differential of +/- 1.57 psf (75 Pa). e. Water Infiltration: No uncontrollable water leakage when tested to ASTM E 1646 at a 20 psf (955 Pa) pressure differential when sprayed with 5 gallons of water per hour per square foot (203 liters per square meter) of specimen area. f. FM Approvals Rating: Provide FM 4471 Approved assemblies on the basis of the following ratings. Identify materials with FM Approvals markings:
1) External Fire: Class A. 2) Internal Fire: Class 1. 3) Hail: Severe. 4) Wind: 1-90.
C. Accessories
1. Pipe flashing. 2. Roof Vents:
a. Source: By metal building system manufacturer. b. Finish: Prefinished white.
3. Eave trim condition: Standard gutters and downspouts at particular openings as indicated. 4. Insulation Systems: a. Roof: Equal Lamtec Long Tab with Banding High-R Insulation System, R19 + R25 blankets = R44 (U 0.029). b. Walls: Equal Lamtec High-R Insulation System for Metal Walls, R25 with 1/8” thermal tape. c. For exposed insulation provide FSK 25 white reinforced polyester facing.
2.7 WALL, LINER, SOFFIT, AND FASCIA PANEL SYSTEMS
A. Assembly Performance Requirements: Provide assemblies that function as exterior walls that meet the following requirements:
1. Air Infiltration: Maximum air infiltration of 0.04 cubic feet per minute per square foot of specimen area when tested to ASTM E 283 at a pressure differential of +/- 1.57 psf (75 Pa). 2. Water Infiltration: No uncontrollable water leakage when tested to ASTM E 331 at a 6.24 psf pressure differential when sprayed with 5 gallons of water per hour per square foot of specimen area.
B. Through-Fastened Panels:
1. Panel type: Single skin ribbed panels with exposed fasteners. 2. Panel Strength: Determine in accordance with AISI S100. 3. Panel profiles:
a. PBR: 12 inch x 1 inch (305 mm x 25 mm) Rib. 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) ribs x 12 inch (305 mm) centers.
4. Thickness: 24 gauge.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 10 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Finish: PVDF. 6. Color: Selected from manufacturer standard colors. 7. Panel fasteners: Long-life finish.
C. Accessories:
1. Base condition:
a. Base member and member flashing: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Framed openings:
a. Framed opening trim: Standard trim plus full cover trim on exposed jambs and headers.
3. Trim profiles: As indicated on Drawings.
D. Walk Doors: See Sections 081113 – Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; Section 087100 – Finish Hardware.
E. Windows: By metal building manufacturer. Aluminum framed, thermally improved. Glazed with Low-E 1” insulating glazing, SHGC 0.25 or less.
Frame color as selected.
F. Louvers:
1. Source: Section Division 23 – HVAC.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. General:
1. Shop-fabricate framing members for field bolted assembly. 2. Surfaces of bolted connections: Smooth and free from burrs and distortions. 3. Shop connections to conform to manufacturer's standard design practices. 4. Mark framing members with identifying mark. 5. Welding to conform to AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 as applicable.
B. Primary Framing:
1. Plates, stiffeners, and related members: Factory welded base plates, splice plates, cap plates, and stiffeners into place on structural members. 2. Bolt holes and related machining: Shop fabricate base plates, splices and flanges to include bolt connection holes. Shop-fabricate webs to include bracing holes. 3. Secondary structural connections (purlins and girts): Ordinary (not pretensioned) bolted connections with welded clips. 4. Welding inspection: Per IAS AC472 Part A. 5. Non-destructive testing: Not required.
C. Long Bay Purlins:
1. Fabricate purlins from cold-formed open web long bay system assemblies with stiffened chords. 2. Install connection bolts through purlin seats. 3. Pre-punch assemblies to allow for attachment of frame flange brace angles, compression strut extensions, and diagonal X-bridging at centerline.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 11 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4. Furnish bridging as light-gauge cold-formed angles secured using self-drilling fasteners. 5. Manufacture sections in IAS AC472 Part A and B Accredited facility. 6. Top and bottom chords: Nominal 4 inch (102 mm) width formed so that top surface is continuous and flat to facilitate easy assembly of roof system. 7. Fabricate all elements of minimum 16 gauge steel. 8. Subject finished assemblies to periodic testing to loads equal to 110 percent of design loads.
D. Zee Purlins:
1. Fabricate girts from cold-formed Z-shaped sections with stiffened flanges. 2. Size flange stiffeners to comply with requirements of AISI S100. 3. Purlin flanges unequal in width for easier nesting during erection. 4. Purlins pre-punched at factory to provide for field bolting to rigid frames.
E. Girts: Simple or continuous span as required by design. Connection bolts will install through webs not flanges.
F. Bracing:
1. Diagonal Bracing:
a. Diagonal bracing in roof and sidewalls may be used to resist longitudinal loads in structure when panel diaphragm cannot be used. b. Furnish to length and equipped with hillside washers and nuts at each end. c. Bracing may consist of rods threaded at each end or galvanized cable with suitable threaded end anchors. d. If load requirements dictate, bracing may be of structural angle or pipe, bolted in place.
2. Special Bracing:
a. When diagonal bracing is not permitted in sidewall use rigid frame type portal or fixed base column. b. Shear walls may be used where adequate to resist applied wind or seismic forces.
3. Flange Braces: Brace compression flange of primary framing laterally with angles connecting to purlin or girt webs so that flange compressive stress is within allowable limits for any combination of loading. 4. Bridging:
a. Laterally brace top chord of long bay purlins with horizontal bridging if roof system being used will not supply adequate lateral support to top chord.
5. Horizontally bridge bottom chord for lateral bracing. One row of bolted diagonal bridging required for long span purlins 40 feet (12 192 mm) long and longer.
G. End Laps:
1. Fabricate with 16 gauge backup plates and eight end lap joint fasteners installed in six pre-punched holes in flat and in dimples in trapezoidal legs. 2. Apply mastic between panels and secure with self-drilling fasteners through panels and backup plate. 3. Through roof fasteners may be used only at end laps and eaves.
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 12 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces prior to installation.
B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for best result for substrate.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings.
B. Fit members square against abutting components.
C. Position members plumb, square, and level.
D. Temporarily brace members until permanently fastened.
E. Do not splice load bearing members.
F. Align and adjust various members forming parts of a complete frame or structure after assembly but before fastening.
G. Welding to conform to AWS D1.1.
H. Fasten panels to supports.
I. Install trim to maintain visual continuity of system.
J. Install joint sealant and gaskets to prevent water penetration.
K. Flash penetrations through roofing with metal trim to match panels.
L. Insulation Systems: Install insulation systems as work progresses for correct integration into metal building system. All insulation shall be continuous without gaps.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
3.4 ADJUSTMENT
A. Touch up, repair, or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 – 13
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Plumbing Fixtures B. Plumbing Specialties C. Plumbing Equipment
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 230500 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods B. Section 230700 - Mechanical Insulation C. Section 232000 - Building Services Piping
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The plumbing equipment schedules are shown on the drawings. The following is a list of additional equipment approved for use on this project:
1. LAVATORIES, WATER CLOSETS: Eljer, American Standard, Kohler, Crane/UR 2. BREAKROOM SINK: Eljer, Kohler American Standard, Crane, Just, Elkay, Designers Choice 3. MOP BASIN: Florestone, Stern Williams, Fiat 4. LAUNDRY SINK: Florestone, Eljer, Crane, Fiat 5. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER: Haws, Halsey Taylor, Oasis, Sunroc, Elkay 6. FLOOR DRAIN, WALL CARRIERS, CLEANOUTS, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: Josam, J.R. Smith, Ancon, Rockford, Wade, Zurn, Watts 7. WATER HEATERS: Morflo/American, Lochinvar, A.O. Smith, Precision, Bradford White, State. 8. EXPANSION TANKS: Amtrol, Watts, Wessels 9. PUMPS: Grundfos, Hydromatic, Paco, Bell & Gosset, Amtrol, Armstrong, Taco 10. HOSEBIBBS: Chicago, Woodford, Mifab, Nibco 11. EMERGENCY FIXTURES: Haws, Bradley, Chicago, Encon 12. FAUCETS: Symmons, Delta, Chicago Faucet Co., T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Cambridge Brass, Powers, Bradley, Kohler, Sloan 13. WATER CLOSET SEATS: Church, JSC Comfort Seats, Bemis, Olsonite. 14. TRAP AND SUPPLIES: McGuire, Brass Craft, Eastman, CS&B 16. TRAP SEALERS: Sure Seal, JR Smith 17. INSULATION KITS (for P-traps and supplies): Truebro, McGuire, Plumberex 18. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES: Symmons, Powers, Leonard, Lawler
1.4 SUBMITTALS (Also refer to Section 230500)
A. Before beginning work, provide shop drawings on the following items:
1. Plumbing fixtures 2. Cleanouts 3. Plumbing Specialties 4. Expansion Tanks 5. Other items as directed by the Owner
PLUMBING 224000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIXTURES
A. General:
1. Furnish and install all plumbing fixtures as indicated below. All fixtures shall be white and be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise noted. All fixtures to have accessible stops and all faucets shall have renewable seats, discs, and metal indexed handles. All fixture trim shall be chrome plated and by the same manufacturer unless otherwise noted.
B. Cleanouts:
1. Floor cleanouts in finished floors shall be Wade W-6000-Z series with nickel bronze cover and frame, adjustable top, and tapered bronze plug. Cleanouts in concrete floors shall be provided with standard tractor type covers. Cleanouts in carpeted areas shall be provided with carpet flange top. Cleanouts in tile floors shall be provided with square or round tops for tile or terrazzo as required.
2. Wall cleanouts shall be Wade W-8560-E series with 8480-R. Cast iron tee with countersunk brass plug drilled for cover screw and round stainless steel access cover.
3. Exterior cleanouts in non-traffic areas or pedestrian light-traffic areas shall be Wade W-6000-Z-179 series with nickel bronze cover and frame, adjustable top, tapered bronze plug, and vandal proof top. Set in an 18" cube of concrete.
4. Exterior cleanouts in traffic areas shall be Wade W-8300-MF with W-8550-B series. Access housing with adjustable anchor flange and extra-heavy secured scoriated ductile iron cover set in an 18" cube of concrete. With cast iron cleanout ferrule with spigot outlet and raised tapered brass plug.
5. Provide membrane clamps for cleanouts installed in surfaces have waterproofing membranes installed.
2.2 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
A. Water hammer arrestors shall be all stainless steel construction, bellows assembly type. Bellows shall be nested and welded. Unit shall be tested and certified in accordance with PDI- WH201 and by A.S.S.E. to Standard 1010.
B. Trap sealers shall be equivalent to Sure Seal Inline Trap Sealer.Trap sealer shall be ASSE 1072, and IAPMO listed for use with the referenced plumbing code. Trap sealers shall be provided on any floor drain connected to the sanitary waste system. No trap sealers shall be provided on floor drains or sanitary floor drains within the kitchen areas. Trap primer valves shall not be provided on this project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All changes in the plumbing work made after letting of the contract, in order to comply with the applicable codes or requirements of the plumbing inspectors, Health inspectors, Utility
PLUMBING 224000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Regulatory Agency and similar shall be made without additional cost to the Owner.
1. Should the Plumbing Contractor or any of the Subcontractors perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances and Industry Standards, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Engineer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Wrap all piping in block walls or penetrating concrete with 10 mil polyethylene tape or covering with polysleeve.
B. Seal fixtures to walls, floors, and counters using a sanitary type, one part, mildew resistant white 100% silicone sealant.
C. Cleanouts shall be installed in accessible locations. Wall cleanout access covers shall be installed above bottom course of tile when installed in tiled walls. Floor and ground cleanouts shall be installed with covers set flush to finished grade or floor.
D. During construction, floor drains, fixtures, and equipment shall be provided with adequate protection against damage and sealed against entrance of construction debris. Floors shall not be washed into floor drains as part of the construction clean-up process.
3.3 PLUMBING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION
A. Temperature and pressure relief valves shall be installed such that the sensing element is within 6” of the high water level of the tank. Extend discharge of temperature and pressure relief valve full size mop basin, as indicated on plans.
B. Install each thermometer in a 304 stainless steel bimetal type thermowell with the entire sensing element in the flow of water and a min. pipe size of 1-1/4" for entire length of element. Provide extension necks for insulation piping. Operating ranges shall be selected to assure nominal temperature readings at the midpoint thereof.
C. Provide a water hammer arrestor on all cold and hot water lines serving fixtures using flush valves, solenoid valves or quick closing devices, sized in accordance with P.D.I. Standard WH-201 for the total number of fixtures served. Provide access door as required.
D. Ensure trap sealer installation complies with manufacturer’s recommendations and proposed floor drains or sanitary floor drains prior to the start of construction.
E. Provide an expansion tank sized in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations for all hot water heating vessels which store hot water.
3.4 FLASHINGS
A. All vent stacks passing through the metal roof shall be sealed water tight by the metal building subcontractor.
END OF SECTION
PLUMBING 224000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 230500–BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. This section covers basic materials and methods which may be common to one or more subsequent sections.
1.2 WORK INCLUDED
A. Mechanical Vibration Control
B. Mechanical Identification
C. Access Panels and Doors
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 013000 – For submittals
B. Section 017000 – Record drawings and O&M manuals
C. Section 099000 – For field painting of equipment and piping, other than for identification.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The work under this section of the specification shall include all systems as shown on drawings or specified herein. This shall include all items of a minor nature necessary to complete the installation whether specifically mentioned in the contract documents or not.
B. Drawings are diagrammatic. Dimensions given in figure on the plans shall take precedence over scaled dimensions and all dimensions, whether given in figures or scaled, shall be verified in the field.
C. No ductwork or piping shall be shop fabricated before clearances are field verified. Offsets and transitions required because of interferences encountered in the field shall be a part of this contract and shall be shown on record drawings.
1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Before submitting a bid, carefully study the Civil, Architectural, Electrical and Mechanical drawings. Make a careful examination of the premises and any existing work. Determine, in advance, the methods of installing and connecting the apparatus, the means to be provided for getting the equipment into place, and become thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements of the contract.
1.6 REFERENCES
A. All work shall be performed in accordance with all codes, laws, rules and regulations of all National, County, State and Local authorities having jurisdiction over the premises. This shall include, but not be limited to, the latest editions of the Uniform Plumbing Code,
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
the International Mechanical Code, the International Building Code, State or local Board of Health, Federal and State Environmental protection regulations, International Energy Conservation Code and Utility Regulatory Agencies, Occupational Safety and Health Act, the American Gas Association, National Fire Protection Association, and the International Fire Code. In case of differences, between codes, ordinances, specifications, or plans, the most stringent shall apply. This does not delete requirements of plans and specifications which may be in excess of code requirements.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The mechanical systems have been designed around the makes and sizes of equipment named on the drawings or elsewhere in the specifications. Other makes of equipment named in the specifications, shown on the drawings, or approved by the Architect as outlined in Division 01, may be furnished at the contractor’s option. Equipment furnished must have equivalent capacity, the same electrical characteristics, substantially the same physical dimensions, and can be installed in the space available with ample working space around it. Any extra costs resulting from equipment substitution shall be at no cost to the owner.
B. Where possible, all items of the same type (i.e. pumps, fans, fixtures) shall be by the same manufacturer.
C. Where instructions on installation are not included in these specifications or on the plans, the manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 for general submittal requirements. Refer to subsequent sections for other requirements.
B. Before beginning work and prior to placing orders, submit one electronic copy of shop drawings or literature in portable document format (PDF) (separating groups of similar items) on fixtures, materials, and equipment to be furnished. Each cut-sheet or shop drawing shall have options and selections highlighted or otherwise clearly identified. Each cut-sheet or shop drawing shall include: mark indicated on drawings, manufacturer with address and phone number, model number, capacities, ratings, dimensions, electrical characteristics, trim, and accessories. Each cut sheet or shop drawing shall be an original from the manufacturer or a clean and clear black and white copy. Each submittal shall include a cover sheet indicating the project title, Architect, General Contractor’s name, and contractor’s name, address, and phone.
C. Submittals not in the format of paragraph B or illegible will be returned. All submittals shall be complete, shall be submitted at one time and shall not be submitted in batches. Individual submittals for long lead items will be accepted. Separate complete submittals for Plumbing, HVAC, and Fire Protection may be submitted.
D. In addition to the requirements outlined above, resubmittals shall be marked as “resubmittal” on each page.
E. Before submitting any equipment for review, determine that such equipment will fit satisfactorily into the space allotted to it.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
F. When equipment or materials submitted differ from that specified or when local conditions necessitate an arrangement of equipment or materials different from that indicated on the drawings, submit for review shop drawings showing proposed rearrangement before installation. Any deviations from plans and specifications shall be called to the attention of the Architect in writing.
G. Voltage and phase of motors furnished under this section shall be as indicated on the electrical drawings. Verify electrical characteristics with electrical drawings before final ordering of equipment.
H. Submittals will be checked for general compliance only and should not be relied on for review of quantities, fabrication methods, safety precautions, or electrical or physical coordination. Requirements of contract documents are not limited, waived, or superseded by submittal review.
1.9 FEES, PERMITS & INSPECTIONS
A. The General Contractorshall secure and pay for all permits and fees including, but not limited to: water meters, fire line connection charges, sewer connection fees, and other mechanical connection charges required for the installation of the mechanical systems. The Contractor shall arrange for all inspections and secure all approvals required for work.
1.10 COOPERATION AND WORK PROGRESS:
A. Perform work so that progress of project, including work of other Trades is not delayed.
B. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections to complete work as soon as conditions permit and to minimize interruptions of building functions. Assume additional costs incurred due to lack of or improper coordination with work of other Sections.
C. Coordinate exact mounting arrangement and location of equipment shown on Drawings. Allow for proper space requirements for equipment access, operation and maintenance. Particular attention shall be given to group installations. If insufficient space or conflict with work of other Sections will prevent proper installation, access, operation, or maintenance of shown equipment, immediately notify Architect and do not proceed with this part of Contract work until directed by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
2.1 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL
A. All equipment, piping, registers and grilles, etc., shall be installed to meet local seismic code requirements including but not limited to the following:
1. Air devices in T-bar ceilings connected to flexible duct shall be supported from structure above.
2.2 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide coiled plastic pipe markers for pipe identification of all exposed piping or piping above accessible ceilings. Markers used on outdoor piping shall be approved for outdoor
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
use.
B. Provide 2" x 3" or larger laminated black plastic nameplates with one-half inch engraved white numbers and letters for each piece of equipment. Nameplate materials mounted outside shall be resistant to UV degradation.
C. Approved pipe identification and engraved plastic tag manufacturers: Seton, Brimar Industries, Marking Services Inc., MIFAB.
D. Valves shall be provided with brass valve tags stamped with valve number and identification for service.
2.3 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
A. Provide access panel for any concealed equipment or valve requiring access. Access panel shall be minimum sizes required by code and be of a type compatible with ceiling or wall construction.
B. Approved access panel and door manufacturers: Cesco, Karp.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 GENERAL
A. All work shall be performed by personnel and company with a minimum of three years experience in this type of work. All work shall be under the direct supervision of a competent foreman. All work shall be planned and carried out so as not to interfere with the progress of the work by other sections on the job.
B. Locations indicated on the drawings show the arrangement desired for the principal apparatus and shall be followed as closely as possible. The work shall be laid out on the job to secure a neat arrangement, to secure the best conditions throughout, and to overcome local difficulties and interferences where encountered. Equipment shall be installed to permit access for service. All installations shall be made as recommended by the equipment manufacturers.
C. Erect equipment and accessories in neat and workmanlike manner. All piping, ductwork, etc. shall be run parallel and at right angles to building. Align, level and adjust for satisfactory operation, install so that connecting and disconnecting of piping and accessories can be made readily and so that all parts are easily accessible for inspection, operation and maintenance.
D. Be fully responsible for any and all damages to fixtures and equipment that results from improper handling or installation.
E. Provide safety guards for any equipment that may present a hazard to personal safety.
3.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Staging and Scaffolding:
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. All staging and scaffolding, exterior and interior, required to be over eight feet in height, shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition for proper execution of the work.
2. Staging, Scaffolding and other temporary construction shall be rigidly built in accordance with local and state requirements. Remove from premises upon completion of work.
B. Provide temporary construction required for work as directed by Architect.
C. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery:
1. All hoisting equipment and machinery required for the placement of equipment shall be furnished, installed, operated, and maintained in safe condition.
3.3 PROTECTIVE MEASURES
A. Protect all equipment, materials, and plumbing fixtures on the job site until project has been finished.
B. All equipment shall be tightly covered and protected against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical injury, and theft. Insulation damaged by rain or water shall be replaced at no cost to owner. Plumbing fixtures shall be covered with heavy paper coverings after installation and shall be thoroughly cleaned after completion of the project.
C. Any mechanical items damaged by exposure to the weather shall be replaced or refinished. Any damage or defect of work developed before final acceptance of work shall be replaced or repaired at no cost to the owner.
D. All materials such as valves, fittings, piping, equipment, pumps, coils, etc., shall be properly protected. All duct and piping openings shall be temporarily closed at the end of each working day to prevent obstruction and damage. Open ended ducts or plenums shall not be used for storage of materials or for temporary staging during construction.
E. At the completion of the work, equipment and materials shall be cleaned, polished thoroughly and turned over to the Owner in a condition satisfactory to the Architect.
3.4 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Screw tags to equipment with pan head sheet metal screws or strap to equipment in obvious locations. Attachment methods shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Engrave equipment designation and numbers as shown on plans and drawings on upper half of tag, leaving lower half of tag for future engraving. Tags for valves shall be attached using solid brass jack chain.
B. Pipe markers on exposed piping shall be maximum 25'-0" on center. Pipe markers on piping above accessible ceilings shall be maximum 6'-0" on center. Pipe markers shall indicate flow direction at every marker location (with arrows pointing away from text). Markers shall be installed per latest standards for markers. Markers shall not be required on painted piping.
3.5 PAINTING
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. Touch-up damaged factory finishes with factory approved products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. All surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of grease, dirt and oil before paint is applied. Painting materials, the application thereof, and protection of other work shall conform to the requirements of Section 0990 00.
C. Paint all visible sheet metal ductwork behind air devices flat black.
D. Ductwork exposed on the exterior of the building shall be painted white. Coordinate with Section 09 90 00.
E. All uninsulated steel piping either exposed to weather or visible in equipment rooms shall be painted white.
3.6 CUTTING & PATCHING
A. Provide all openings through walls, floors and the roof necessary for the installation of the work under this Section. Openings shall be neatly cut with any damage to the building repaired and repainted.
3.7 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Notify the Architect of readiness to perform a test 24 hours in advance and all tests shall be performed in the presence of the Architect's representative. Any defective material and/or equipment shall be repaired, adjusted and/or replaced by like new materials and/or equipment before acceptance.
B. All items such as valves, gauges, traps, strainers, etc., which may be damaged by the test pressure shall be removed before the tests are made and shall not be replaced until the tests have been approved.
C. Furnish all pumping equipment tools, instruments, equipment, and temporary connections required for tests.
D. All defects which develop under tests shall be repaired promptly and the tests repeated. No caulking of screwed joints, cracks or holes will be permitted. Leaks in screwed joints shall be repaired by replacing the pipe or the fittings or both with new material. Leaks in copper fittings shall be repaired by melting out the joint, thoroughly cleaning both parts and resoldering.
E. Lubricate, start up, and operate all equipment and demonstrate its operation and compliance with the specifications. Any undue noise, vibration and/or other objectionable features shall be promptly repaired and/or the device replaced and the system retested.
F. All systems shall be placed in service and be operating properly for a period of not less than seven consecutive 24-hour days before acceptance.
G. A written report of all test results shall be submitted to the Architect for approval.
3.8 CLEANING-UP
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. At all times keep the building and premises in a neat manner. All instructions issued by the Architect and indicated elsewhere in these specifications in regard to storage of materials, protective measures, cleaning of debris etc., shall be followed. Upon completion of the work, thoroughly clean all machinery, piping, etc., and leave areas directly affected by work broom clean.
3.9 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blackline contract drawings on site. Record all changes from contract drawings including "found" conditions, addenda, change orders, or other instructions issued by the Architect and submit to Architect as "record drawings" at close of project. Changes to contract documents shall be clouded and dated. Include dimensioned locations of underground piping from a clearly visible point on the building. Refer to Section 01 70 00.
3.10 CERTIFICATES
A. Perform sterilization of the domestic water systems with a 50 ppm chlorine at each valved outlet to be held for twenty-four hours with tests every eight hours or 200 ppm and allowed to stand for 3 hours. Then flush all outlets to 0.2 ppm. Testing shall be provided by locally based, full time, full service water treatment company with a minimum of three years experience in the water treatment business. Furnish all equipment and chemicals required. Provide appropriate tags on all outlets during testing to prevent accidental consumption or draining of the system. Give 24-hours notice to Owner's representative for start and finish inspections.
B. Certify in writing, by the testing company, that the water lines have been sterilized and that approval of the installation was obtained from the authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Sterilization to be in accordance with requirements of local authorities. Give original to owner and include one copy with each O&M submittal.
3.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Furnish to the Architect, three copies of operating and maintenance manuals – coordinate with Section 01 70 00. Manuals shall be loose-leaf 8-1/2”x11” format, bound in three-ring binders with identifying tabs separating sections. Each shall contain manufacturer's spare parts list, care, operation, and installation instructions. Provide a sequence of operation and a preventative maintenance schedule identifying daily, weekly, monthly and seasonal maintenance procedures as required. Contractor shall provide this sequence of operation and schedule if not given by the manufacturer. Provide a list of suggested suppliers with names, addresses, and phone numbers for each product or product group. Information may be printed on both sides of each page. Each binder shall include a cover sheet indicating the project title, architect, general contractor’s name, and contractor’s name, address, and phone.
B. Instruct the maintenance personnel in the operation of the system and submit copies of a letter signed by the owner's representative attesting to such instructions listing names of Owner personnel who received these instructions. Include a copy with each operation and maintenance manual (O&M).
C. Coordinate with “guarantees” and “certificates” for other inclusions.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.12 GUARANTEES
A. Guarantee work to be free from defects in workmanship and material for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance as determined by the Architect. Any material, equipment, or workmanship which proves defective within the guarantee period shall be promptly repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. Repair any damage done to areas, materials, and other systems resulting from the failure or defect at no cost to owner. Extend guarantee of replaced item a period of one year from date of replacement. Replace materials or equipment that requires excessive maintenance during the guarantee period. Service calls, repairs, adjustments, and replacements during the guarantee period shall be made at no cost to the owner.
B. Provide notarized copies of the guarantee with the O&M manuals.
C. Furnish a letter stating that the system has been installed in accordance with the contract documents and with any deviations detailed in full.
D. Connections made to owner provided equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor and shall be included in the guarantee.
E. Service or replacement required as a result of faulty operation or neglect on the part of the Owner shall be paid for by the Owner at prevailing rates.
1. However, if written instructions of the care and maintenance of equipment were not given to the Owner the neglect shall be on the Contractor’s part and the cost of the service or replacements shall be at no cost to the owner.
F. Standard factory warranties shall be provided on all equipment furnished and evidence of same shall be included in each O & M Manual.
1. Provide an additional four-year warranty on all air conditioning compressors.
END OF SECTION
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230500 - 8
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB)
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.1 GENERAL
A. An independent testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) agency shall test, adjust, and balance the mechanical systems.
B. The work included in this section consists of furnishing labor, instruments, and tools required in testing, adjusting and balancing the HVAC systems, as described in these specifications or shown on accompanying drawings. Services shall include checking equipment performance, taking the specified measurements, and recording and reporting the results.
1.2 WORK INCLUDED
A. Air Systems
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 230500: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
1.4 DEFINITIONS, REFERENCES, STANDARDS
A. All work shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AABC National Standards. If these contract documents set forth more stringent requirements than the AABC National Standards, these contract documents shall prevail.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The TAB Agency shall be a current member of the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC).
B. The following TAB Agencies are approved to provide TAB services on this project. No exceptions or prior approvals are allowed:
1. Arizona Air Balance Company, 624 South Perry Lane, Tempe, AZ 85281, contact Byron Seed at (480) 966-2001.
2. General Air Control, Inc., 1751 West Dairy Place, Tucson, AZ 85705, contact Jon Ziegler at (520) 887-8850.
3. Precisionaire of Arizona, Inc., 1720 East Deer Valley Road, Suite 205, Phoenix, AZ 85024, contact Dean Steffen at (623) 580-1644.
4. Tab Technology, Inc., 1912 North Rosemont, Mesa, AZ 85205, contact Phil Hoyt at (480) 964-0187.
5. Technical Air Balance, SW, Inc., 16055 N. Dial Blvd., Scottsdale, AZ 85260, contact Wade Handley at (623) 492-0831.
1.6 SUBMITTALS (also refer to Section 230500)
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. The TAB agency shall submit a company resume listing personnel and project experience in air and hydronic system balancing and a copy of the agency's test and balance engineer (TBE) certificate.
B. Procedures and Agenda: The TAB agency shall submit the TAB procedures and agenda proposed to be used.
C. The TAB agency shall submit sample forms, which shall include the minimum data required by the AABC National Standards.
1.7 TAB PREPARATION AND COORDINATION
A. TAB agency shall obtain shop drawings, submittal data, up-to-date revisions, change orders, and other data required for planning, preparation, and execution of the TAB work no later than 30 days prior to the start of TAB work.
B. System installation and equipment startup shall be complete prior to start of TAB agency’s work.
C. The building control system shall be complete and operational. The Building Control System contractor shall install all necessary computers and computer programs, and make these operational. Assistance shall be provided by TAB agency as required for reprogramming, coordination, and problem resolution.
D. All test points, balancing devices, identification tags, etc. shall be accessible and clear of insulation and other obstructions that would impede TAB procedures.
E. Qualified installation or startup personnel shall be readily available for the operation and adjustment of the systems. Assistance shall be provided as required for coordination and problem resolution.
1.8 REPORTS
A. The TAB agency shall submit three copies of the final TAB report for review by the engineer. All outlets, devices, HVAC equipment, etc., shall be identified, along with a numbering system corresponding to report unit identification. The TAB agency shall submit an AABC “National Project Performance Guaranty” assuring that the project systems were tested, adjusted and balanced in accordance with the project specifications and AABC National Standards.
1.9 DEFICIENCIES
A. Any deficiencies in the installation or performance of a system or component observed by the TAB agency shall be brought to the attention of the appropriate responsible person.
B. The work necessary to correct items on the deficiency listing shall be performed and verified by the affected contractor before the TAB agency returns to retest. Unresolved deficiencies shall be noted in the final report.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
2.1 INSTRUMENTS
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibrated. Calibration and maintenance of all instruments shall be in accordance with the requirements of AABC National Standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 GENERAL
A. The specified systems shall be reviewed and inspected for conformance to design documents. Testing, adjusting and balancing on each identified system shall be performed. The accuracy of measurements shall be in accordance with AABC National Standards. Adjustment tolerances shall be + 15% or - 5% unless otherwise stated.
B. Equipment settings, including manual damper quadrant positions, manual valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices shall be marked to show final settings.
C. All information necessary to complete a proper TAB project and report shall be per AABC standards unless otherwise noted. The description for work required, as listed in this section, are a guide to the minimum information needed.
D. Changes to pulleys, drives, etc. shall be part of the balance responsibility.
3.2 AIR SYSTEMS
A. The TAB agency shall verify that all ductwork, dampers, grilles, registers, and diffusers have been installed per design and set in the full open position. The TAB agency shall perform all TAB procedures in accordance with the AABC National Standards.
B. Supply Fans:
1. Fan speeds - Test and adjust fan RPM to achieve maximum or design CFM.
2. Current and Voltage - Test and record motor voltage and amperage, and compare data with the nameplate limits to ensure fan motor is not in or above the service factor.
3. Pitot-Tube Traverse - Perform a Pitot-tube traverse of main supply and return ducts, as applicable to obtain total CFM.
4. Outside Air - Test and adjust the outside air on applicable equipment using a Pitot-tube traverse. If a traverse is not practical use the mixed-air temperature method if the inside and outside temperature differences are at least 20 degrees Fahrenheit or use the difference between Pitot-tube traverses of the supply and return air ducts.
5. Static Pressure - Test and record system static profile of each supply fan. Variable frequency drive shall be tested in bypass mode to determine maximum static pressure capabilities.
C. Exhaust Fans:
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Fan speeds - Test and adjust fan RPM to achieve maximum or design CFM.
2. Current and Voltage - Test and record motor voltage and amperage, and compare data with the nameplate limits to ensure fan motor is not in or above the service factor.
3. Pitot-Tube Traverse - Perform a Pitot-tube traverse of the main exhaust ducts to obtain total CFM.
4. Static Pressure - Test and record system static profile of each exhaust fan.
D. Ducts:
1. Adjust ducts to within design CFM requirements.
E. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles:
1. Tolerances - Test, adjust, and balance each diffuser, grille, and register to within 10% of design requirements. Minimize drafts.
2. Identification - Identify the type, location, and size of each grille, diffuser, and register. This information shall be recorded on air outlet data sheets.
3. Adjust the louvers in all supply outlets to produce air distribution satisfactory to the occupants.
4. All measurements of air quantities delivered by grilles shall be made in a manner approved by the manufacturer of the grille.
F. Coils:
1. Air Temperature - Once air flows are set to acceptable limits, take wet bulb and dry bulb air temperatures on the entering and leaving side of each cooling coil. Dry-bulb temperature shall be taken on the entering and leaving side of each heating coil.
3.3 GUARANTEE
A. All work shall be guaranteed for a period of ninety days from the date of the final test and balance report. TAB contractor shall make adjustments during this period for comfort level adjustment, at direction of Engineer. TAB contractor shall meet with Engineer during this period as may be required to verify any readings. Coordinate with Section 01 30 00.
END OF SECTION
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 230700 - MECHANICAL INSULATION
PART 1 – GENERAL:
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Piping insulation
B. Ductwork Insulation
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 224000 – Plumbing
B. Section 230500 – Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
C. Section 232000 – Building Services Piping
D. Section 233000 – Air Distribution
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The following is a list of additional manufacturers approved for use on this project:
1. Insulation Products: Owens Corning, Johns Manville, CertainTeed, Schuller, Manson 2. Closed Cell: Armstrong, Nomaco
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for each service or equipment schedule, locations, and manufacturer's installation instructions.
B. See Section 230500 for general submittal requirements.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS:
2.1 GENERAL
A. Coverings and linings, including adhesives when used, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.
B. Duct coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. The test temperature shall not fall below 250°F (121°C).
MECHANICAL INSULATION 230700 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.2 PIPE INSULATIONS
A. Glass Fiber insulation shall meet ASTM C547. Insulation shall be rigid, molded, and noncombustible.
1. 'K' ('ksi') Value: 0.23 at 75°F (0.033 at 24°C).
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 850°F (454°C).
3. Vapor Retarder Jacket: AP-T PLUS White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminum foil, secured with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips or AP Jacket with outward clinch expanding staples or vapor barrier mastic as needed.
B. Elastomeric Foam (refrigeration and condensate) shall meet ASTM C534 and be flexible, cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet.
1. 'K' ('ksi') Value: 0.28 at 75°F (0.04 at 24°C).
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 220°F (104°C).
3. Maximum Flame Spread: 25
4. Maximum Smoke Developed: 50 (3/4" thick and below). 100 (above 3/4" thick).
5. Connection: Waterproof vapor retarder adhesive as needed.
C. Field Applied Jackets:
1. PVC Plastic: One piece molded type fitting covers and jacketing material, gloss white.
a. Connections: Tacks; Pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape.
2. Aluminum Jacket: 0.016 inch (0.045 mm) thick sheet, embossed finish, with longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch (50mm) laps, die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.
2.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION
A. Flexible Glass Fiber Blanket: shall meet ASTM C553for flexible blanket.
1. 'K' ('ksi') Value: 0.29 Btu-in/(hr-ft2-°F) at 75°F for labeled thickness.
a. Labeled thickness of 1-1/2” shall have a minimum installed ‘R’ value of 4.2. (Installed ‘R’ value calculated with a material thickness of 1-1/8” following recommended duct wrap stretch-outs.)
B. Duct Liner shall be: Flexible duct liner made from strong, flame attenuated glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
1. 'K' ('ksi') Value: ASTM C518, 0.24 at 75°F (0.036 at 24°C).
MECHANICAL INSULATION 230700 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
a. R-4.2 for 1” liner.
2. Noise Reduction Coefficient based on Type “A”Mounting per ASTM C 423.
a. 0.60 NRC for 1” liner.
3. Maximum Velocity on Mat or Coated Air Side: 6,000 ft/min (30.5 m/sec) per ASTM C 1071.
4. Maximum operating temperature: 250°F (121°C) per ASTM C 411.
5. Adhesive: UL listed waterproof type.
6. Fasteners: Duct liner galvanized steel pins, welded or mechanically fastened.
PART 3 – EXECUTION:
3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Verify that ductwork has been tested for leakage in accordance with SMACNA standards before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that all surfaces are clean, dry and free of foreign material.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, building codes and industry standards.
B. Continue insulation vapor barrier through penetrations except where prohibited by code.
C. Piping Insulation
1. Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
2. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
3. Provide form fitted insulation for elbows and tees with PVC covers.
4. Provide fitted insulation which can be removed and reused around equipment, valves and flanges, etc.
5. Provide insert between support shield and piping on piping 1-1/2" inches (38 mm) diameter or larger.Fabricate of heavy density insulating material suitable for temperature. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the following lengths:
1-1/2" to 2-1/2" pipe size 10" long 3" to 6" pipe size 12" long
6. For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet (3 meters) above finished floor, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers.
MECHANICAL INSULATION 230700 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
7. For exterior applications, provide weather protection jacket. Insulated pipe, fittings, joints, and valves shall be covered with aluminum jacket. Jacket seams shall be located on bottom side of horizontal piping.
E. External Ductwork Insulation:
1. Provide insulated ductwork with vapor retardant jacket. Seal all vapor retardant jacket seams and penetrations with UL listed tapes or vapor retardant adhesive.
2. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations except where prohibited by code.
F. Duct Liner:
1. Adhere insulation to sheet metal with full coverage of a UL listed adhesive.
2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners as indicated by SMACNA or manufacturer. Pin length should be as recommended by the liner manufacturer.
3. All exposed edges of the liner must be factory or field coated. For systems operating at 4000 fpm or higher a metal nosing must be installed in all liner leading edges.
4. Repair liner surface penetrations with UL listed adhesive.
3.3 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
Pipe Size Insulation Thickness A. Fiber Glass Insulation Domestic Hot Water Up to 4” 1” Piping Subject tofreezing All Sizes 1”
B. Elastomeric Foam Refrigerant Suction All Sizes 3/4” Refrigerant Hot Gas All Sizes 3/4” Condensate All Sizes 1/2”
C. Domestic hot water branch lines down in walls up to 3/4" may be insulated with 1" elastomeric foam.
3.4 DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE
Thickness Finish A. Flexible Fiber Glass (wrap) Round air conditioning 1-1/2” FSK supply and return branch ducts
MECHANICAL INSULATION 230700 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Duct Liner Interior rectangular supply 1” Mat Faced and return ducts
END OF SECTION
MECHANICAL INSULATION 230700 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 232000 - BUILDING SERVICES PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.1 GENERAL
A. This section covers basic materials and methods which may be common to one or more subsequent sections.
1.2 WORK INCLUDED
A. Valves B. Backflow Preventers C. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping D. Domestic Water Piping E. Compressed Air Piping F. Heating and Cooling Piping G. Piping Joints H. Hangers and Supports I. General Piping Specialties
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 330000 for Site Water Storm Drainage, and Sanitary Sewerage Distribution B. Section 230500 for Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods C. Section 230700 for Mechanical Insulation
1.4 SUBMITTALS (Also refer to 230500)
A. Prior to commencement of work, provide submittals on the following:
1. Piping 2. Valves 3. Backflow Preventers 4. Piping Specialties (General) 5. Pipe Hangers
PART 2 – PRODUCTS:
2.1 VALVES
A. Provide isolation valves and either unions or flanges to isolate and to allow removal of all mechanical equipment.
B. All isolation valves (SOVs) shall be 1/4 turn ball valves.
C. Valves shall be of an approved make, equivalent to Stockham company numbers listed as follows:
1. Bronze Ball Valves 600 psi CWP, 150 psi SWP, two piece construction, full port, blowout proof stem, ¼ turn, PTFE packing and seats, adjustable packing nut, bronze ball, threaded ends: Stockham S206BR-R-T, solder ends with extended solder cops: Stockham S206BR-R-S.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2. Bronze Check Valves Class 125#, 200# WOG, swing check, bronze disc, threaded ends: Stockham B- 319; Solder ends: Stockham B-309.
3. Iron Gate Valves (Acceptable for building domestic water supply shut-off underground in valve box only) Class 125#, 200# WOG, IBBM, non-rising stem, solid disc, bolted bonnet, flanged ends: Stockham G-612; threaded ends: Stockham G-608.
D. Valves in Insulated Piping: Valves shall have 2-inch stem extensions and the following features:
1. Ball Valves: Shall have extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation, and memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied.
E. All valves shall be of the same manufacturer equivalent of Stockham, Red and White, Nibco, Hammond, Henry, andSSI Equipment.
2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. The backflow preventer shall be a Reduced Pressure Principle and shall include a tightly closing resilient-seated shut-off valve on each end of the body. The assembly shall be fitted with four properly located resilient-seated test cocks.
B. The assembly shall have two independent and internally loaded check valves and a pressure differential relief valve located between the check valves.
C. The backflow preventer shall be suitable for supply pressure up to 175 psi and water temperature from 33 to 180°F.
D. The backflow preventer shall meet the requirements of the following standards: USC’s FCCC and HR Manual, Sec. 10, ASSE 1013, AWWA C-5111, IAPMO, and CSA B65.5.
E. Approved manufacturers are: Conbraco, Watts, Febco, Flomatic Valves
2.3 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
A. The building’s vent and sanitary waste piping to a point five feet outside the building shall be solid wall Schedule 40 PVC DWV (ASTM D2665) plastic pipe. If contractor willingly accepts all responsibility for any associated future failure problems with all underslab waste pipe installation, ABS DWV (ASTM D2661-11) plastic pipe will be accepted, as an approved alternate. All piping shall bear the seal of a nationally-recognized listing or certifying agency and shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Vent pipes shall be solid wall Schedule 40 PVC DWV (ASTM D2665) or ABS DWV (ASTM D2661-11) plastic pipe.
C. Building sewer piping shall be the same as sanitary waste and vent piping.NOTE: Building sewer piping materials specified by Civil Engineer shall take precedence.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
A. Above ground domestic water piping shall be Type L seamless hard drawn copper tubing with cast brass or wrought copper.
B. Underground domestic water piping shall be Type K copper, soft annealed, without joints when possible.
C. Exterior underground domestic cold water piping may be Class 200 DR 14 PVC plastic pipe or as specified by the Civil Engineer whose specification will take precedence.
2.5 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING
A. Compressed air piping shall be type “K” hard drawn with cast brass or wrought copper fittings.
2.6 COOLER DRAIN PIPING
A. Cooler drain piping shall be type ‘DWV’ copper with type ‘DWV’ fittings and cleanouts at changes in direction. Provide appropriate reducer fittings and couplings at each cooler connection.
2.7 HEATING AND COOLING PIPING
A. Condensate Drain Piping
1. Air conditioning condensate piping shall be type "M" copper with plugged tees for cleanouts. Male threads on plugs shall be wrapped with Teflonᓼ tape prior to threading into tees.
2. High-efficiency gas-fired equipment and flue vent piping condensate shall be Schedule 40 PVC DWV (ASTM D2665) plastic pipe. All condensate drains shall be provided with factory approved condensate neutralization kits and terminated per manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Refrigerant Piping
1. Air conditioning refrigerant piping shall be ACR refrigeration hard tempered tubing cleaned and capped with wrought copper fittings.
2. Refrigeration piping shall have a triple evacuation with dry nitrogen and a 12 hour holding tests inspected by Architect's representative. A written report of test results shall be submitted for approval signed by inspecting party.
2.8 PIPING JOINTS
A. Plastic Pipe:
1. Joints in plastic pipe shall be made using solvent cement per manufacturer’s recommendations.
a. Solvent cement for PVC welding shall have maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions of 510 g/L less water.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
b. Solvent cement for CPVC welding shall have maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) concentration emissions of 490 g/L less water.
c. Solvent cement for ABS welding shall have maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions of 325 g/L less water.
B. Copper Water Piping:
1. Joints in copper water piping above grade shall be soldered with ENGELHARD “SILVABRITE 100”, 100% LEAD FREE or other non-lead solder, minimum 4,000 psi tensile strength using nokorode solder paste applied with a brush to both the pipe and the inside of the fitting socket.No acid core solder nor flux containing acid shall be used. Pipe shall be cut square and reamed. The parts of the pipe and fittings to be soldered shall be thoroughly cleaned with sand cloth before applying flux.
C. Compressed Air Piping
1. Joints in compressed air piping shall be soldered withnon-lead 6% silver solder using the same method as described for copper water piping.
D. Refrigerant Piping:
1. Joints in copper air conditioning refrigerant piping shall be made with silfos and flux as recommended by the brazing alloy manufacturer. During brazing the pipe and fittings shall be kept full of an inert gas, dry nitrogen, or CO2, to prevent formation of scale.
2.9 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Pipe Hangers:
1. Approved manufacturers: Elcen, Unistrut, B-Line.
2. All piping within the confines of the building shall be supported by means of adjustable steel clevis hangers spaced per ASHRAE recommendations and suspended from the building construction by all thread rods sized per ASHRAE. Strap, wire, or chair hangers are not permitted. Where suspended from steel structural members, appropriate clamps shall be used. Provide a sheet metal saddle, minimum 12" long by two times the diameter of the outside of the insulated pipe at all hangers for insulated pipe.
3. Trapeze hangers may be used in lieu of individual clevis hangers at contractor’s option. Where trapeze length exceeds 42", an additional hanger rod shall be installed at mid-span. Trapeze hangers shall be spaced no further apart than the smallest pipe on the trapeze requires. Provide hold down clamps for each insulated pipe and a sheet metal cover full diameter of pipe insulation at each hold down clamp.
4. Clevis hangers shall be sized large enough to pass insulation on insulated pipe. Provide sheet metal saddle for piping 1” and larger. Refer to 23 07 00 for inserts on larger piping.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
5. Insulated piping up to 1-1/2” shall continue insulation through support clamp or hanger.
6. Plastic piping shall be supported a minimum of 4' on center or as required to avoid sagging.
7. Except where governed by local codes, maximum hanger spacing for metal piping and minimum hanger rod sizes shall conform to the following table:
Pipe Size Spacing Hanger Rod Copper Pipe 1/2" 6'-0" 3/8" 3/4", 1" 8'-0" 3/8" 1-1/4"-2" 10'-0" 3/8" B. Piping Supports:
1. Approved Manufacturers: Clearline Technologies “C-Port” (Contact Southwest Sales Reps Arizona at 480-966-0049 (Scott Van Horne)).
2.10 GENERAL PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Unions:
1. Unions in copper pipe shall be ground joint copper unions equivalent to Mueller C-107.
B. Sleeves:
1. Pipe sleeves shall be schedule 40 steel pipe for all pipes passing through fire rated floors or walls. Sleeves for non-rated walls shall be PVC schedule 40 pipe or 18-gauge sheet metal. Sleeves for uncovered pipe shall be two pipe sizes larger than the main. Sleeves for insulated mains shall be of sufficient size to pass the covering with a minimum 1/4" clearance.
C. Pressure Reducing Valve:
1. Approved Manufacturers: Watts, Conbraco, and Wilkins.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 VALVES
A. Valves shall be installed with valve stem in upright (vertical) orientation.
B. Provide access panels for any valves located above solid ceilings at valve location.
C. Provide a shut-off valve or angle stop with cast brass stem and nuts to isolate all plumbing equipment.
D. Valve box for cold water service shall be pre-cast concrete construction with cast iron cover marked "water".
E. Provide isolation valves where shown on drawings and at branch lines to multiple (more than two) fixture groups.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
F. All flexible piping connectors (expansion joints) shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves.
3.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Reduced pressure backflow preventers shall be installed at service to building as close as possible to the water meter (locations shown by civil engineer shall take precedence), and at connections between potable and non-potable water systems. Reduced pressure backflow assemblies with-in confines of the building shall have drains extended to the nearest floor drain.
B. Anti-siphon, pressure type vacuum breakers shall be installed at connection to irrigation systems.
C. Drain lines shall be provided from reduced pressure backflow preventers located in the building. Provide air gap drain funnel for each unit with a full-size rigid drain line. Terminate over appropriately sized (for full flow) drain with air gap.
3.3 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Joints in plastic pipe shall be made with solvent and cement per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Plastic piping exposed to sunlight shall be painted with two coats of latex paint. Color shall be white unless otherwise specified by Architect.
3.4 COPPER PIPING JOINTS
A. No acid core solder or flux containing acid shall be used.
B. Pipe shall be cut square and reamed.
C. The parts of the pipe and fittings to be soldered shall be thoroughly cleaned with sand cloth before applying flux.
D. Maintain a minimum of 50% penetration of brazed joints.
3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Support piping to adequately prevent sagging, pocketing, swaying, and displacement.
B. Vertical piping shall be secured to structure.
C. Piping shall not be racked to the floor other than in mechanical rooms.
3.6 ESCUTCHEONS
A. All pipes passing through walls, floors, or ceiling in finished rooms shall be fitted with polished chrome plated escutcheons.
3.7 UNIONS
A. A dielectric union shall be used to join any dissimilar metals.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Unions shall be installed in piping on the equipment side of each service valve and in all connections to fixtures or equipment where the trimmings do not permit convenient removal.
C. Provide dielectric unions at all tank connections.
3.8 SLEEVES
A. Where pipes pass through floors (except slab on grade) or interior masonry or concrete walls, pipe sleeves shall be installed. Sleeves through concrete walls or floors shall be installed with minimum 1" clearance to be packed and sealed. Sleeves through floors shall extend a minimum of two inches above the finished floor. Sleeves through walls shall be one continuous piece and shall extend from finished surface to finished surface.
B. The outer surface of the sleeve shall be fixed to the partition it penetrates with pour rock, mortar, or etc. for fire-resistance-rated assemblies, the internal surface shall be sealed with a UL 2079 approved firestoppingmaterial. Sealant shall be tested per ASTM E 1399. Equivalent to Bio FireshieldBiostop 500+.
1. Firestopping material shall have maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions of 50 g/L less water.
C. Sleeve shall not support pipes as it will transmit vibration and sound to structure.
D. Copper pipe passing through a steel sleeve shall be protected with polyethylene tape or other approved dielectric materials.
3.9 INSTALLATION
A. No service lines shall be laid on the backfill over other service lines or conduits except at crossings. All piping shall be accurately cut and installed in place without forcing. Changes in direction shall be made with fittings. Bending of pipe is not permitted. Reducing fittings shall be used where pipe sizes change, rather than bushings.
B. Route piping to allow sufficient access to all equipment, valves, controls, etc., for maintenance.
C. In general, piping shall be installed below electrical conduits not requiring maintenance access.
D. All pipe and fittings exposed in finished areas shall be chrome plated unless otherwise approved in writing.
E. It shall be this contractor’s responsibility to coordinate inverts of underground waste lines and sewer lines and other site utilities.
F. Install piping sufficiently below structure to allow top air vents.
G. Cap all pipe openings during construction until final connections are made. Also caps or plugs for end of line valves until final connections are made.
H. Provide approved, listed fire-stopping materials for any piping which pass through fire partitions, rated walls, or floors. Coordinate with Architectural specifications.
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
I. Install piping parallel or at right angles to the building, straight, plumb, and level (or at slope as required). Piping shall be pitched for drainage at a uniform slope to drainage points.
3.10 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Do all excavating and backfilling necessary for the installation of this work. This shall include the cutting of sidewalks and pavings if required.
B. All work under this heading shall be in accordance with Section 31 (earthwork section) of these specifications.
C. Where trenches cross roads, walks, or public thoroughfares, provide suitable barricades and bridges adequately protected by signs or red flags during the day and lights at night.
D. No piping shall be concealed or buried before inspection by authorized person.
E. All trenches shall be dug to exact grade and depth with only sufficient dirt removed to provide working space. Trenches shall be dug 6" below the required depth and shall be refilled to proper depth with sand. Accurately grade sand in bottom of trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe at every point along its length. Trenches shall not be more than 18" wider than the external diameter of the pipe or duct and the sides shall be as perpendicular as possible. Trenches shall be shored or sheet piled if necessary to prevent caving and to protect the work of other contractors of existing structure.
F. All excavations shall be refilled with sand to 6" above piping and the rest with loosen granular, moist earth thoroughly tamped. Compact backfill to 95% of maximum density within limits of building, under sidewalks, under slabs on grade, and under asphalt or concrete paving.
G. After the trench is backfilled per specifications to within 12" of the finished grade, install a detectable pipe locating tape over the entire piping runs. The backfill shall be sufficiently leveled so that the tape will be installed on a flat surface. The tape shall be centered in the trench and laid flat with printed side up. Caution shall be exercised to avoid displacement of tape and to ensure its integrity. The tape shall consist of a minimum 4.0 mil thickness, inert polyethylene plastic which is impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemicals, reagents and solvents likely to be encountered in the soil, with a minimum 1/3 mil metallic foil. The tape shall be at least three inches in width and shall be yellow in color with identifying print in black letters. The tape shall have printed thereon the following:
CAUTION - BURIED PIPELINES BELOW
H. The identifying lettering shall be 1" high and repeated continuously the full length of the tape. In no instance shall the spacing of the individual segment of the identifying message be greater than eight inches. Approved detection tape manufactures are Reef Industries, Alarmatape, and Linetec, Inc. The remainder of the trench shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with these specifications.
I. Coordinate all trenching with operation "Blue stake", as applicable.
J. Underground private sewer lines outside the building structure shall have a green #18 tracer wire securely attached to it at 8’ O.C. and shall have 12” of tracer wire accessible
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 8
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
above grade at the cleanout and be securely attached at that point.
K. Underground water lines outside the building structure shall have a blue #18 tracer wire securely attached to it at 8’ O.C. and shall have 12” of tracer wire accessible above grade at the termination and be securely attached at that point.
3.11 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. All waste, vent and water piping shall be tested per 2006 International Plumbing Code (IPC) before being concealed in any way. All joints shall be made driptight before being concealed. Domestic water piping shall be tested at 1-1/2 times working pressure or 100 psig, whichever is greater, for at least 15 minutes. Test on building drain and vent piping shall be made with hydrostatic pressure to minimum 10'-0" head for at least 15 minutes. Final test of the complete drain and vent system per section 312.4 of the IPC shall be performed at final acceptance.
B. Piping shall not be insulated or covered until tested and approved.
C. Refrigeration piping shall have a triple evacuation with dry nitrogen and a 12 hour holding tests inspected by Architect's representative.
3.12 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. When encountered in work, active electric, steam, water, gas and sewer services shall be protected against damage due to construction work. If active services are encountered which require relocation, make request to proper authorities for determinations of procedure. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 232000 - 9
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 233000 - AIR DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 – GENERAL:
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Ducts
B. Duct Accessories
C. Air Outlets and Inlets
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 230500 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
B. Section 230593 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
C. Section 230700- Mechanical Insulation
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The following is a list of additional equipment approved for use on this project.
1. AIR DEVICES: Krueger, Price, Titus, Nailor 2. INTAKE/RELIEF LOUVERS: Ruskin, Potteroff 3. FLEXIBLE DUCT: Thermaflex 4. DUCT FITTINGS: Flexmaster, Air Tight Inc., Metal Masters
1.4 SUBMITTALS (also refer to Section 230500)
A. Before beginning work, submit shop drawings or literature bound on the following items:
1. Air Devices 2. Duct Accessories 3. Ductwork 4. Other equipment as directed by the Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
2.1 DUCTS
A. Metal Ducts:
1. All metal ductwork shall be constructed of new galvanized steel ASTM A 527, G90 of lock-forming quality.
2. Ductwork gauges shall be according to latest SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" for the 2" W.G. pressure class unless otherwise specified.
a. All duct joints shall be sealed with HardcastFG1402-181BFX foil-grip tape or Hardcast VG-181 duct sealant. Material used for joining ducts
AIR DISTRIBUTION 233000 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
shall be UL181 listed.
b. Branch duct connections manufactured by "Air-Tite Inc." may be used in lieu of spin-in collars but must still be sealed with hardcast.
B. Flexible Ducts:
1. Shall be Thermaflex M-KC Class 1 duct with bi-directional reinforced metalized vapor barrier with triple ply stand-up seam. Woven and coated fiberglass fabric permanently bonded to a coated spring steel wire helix and supporting a thick blanket of fiber glass insulation. Velocity rating: 6000 FPM. Minimum positive pressure for all sizes shall be 10” w.c. Minimum negative pressure for all sizes shall be 2” w.c.
2.2 DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. Volume Control Dampers:
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated.
a. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2 x 30 inch (240 x 760 mm).
b. Except in round ductwork 12 inches (300 mm) in diameter and smaller, provide end bearings. B. Flexible Connections:
1. Provide Duro Dyne UL approved neoprene-coated fiberglass flexible connection at inlet and outlet of all air moving devices.
2. Equivalent manufacturer: Ductmate Industries
C. Weatherproofing:
1. Caulk watertight all ductwork exposed to the weather with DAP "CMC" exterior duct sealant, Hardcast Versa Grip "VG-102", or Design Polymerics DP 1010.
2.3 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
A. Ceiling Diffusers, Registers, Grilles: See mechanical plans for specifications.
H. Intake/Relief Louvers: Ruskin Model EME520DD wind-driven rain resistant louver. 5” deep extruded aluminum frame; horizontal, double-drainable blades spaced 2” center-to- center, maximum pressure drop of 0.21” w.g. at 1,139 FPM; Wind Class A, minimum 99% water resistance effectiveness when tested per AMCA (29 mph wind, 3 in/hr rainfall). Louvers complete with extended sill, bird screen, clear anodized mill finish. Equal to Potteroff Model ECD-545-MD.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install flexible connections between fan or motorized equipment and ductwork. Flexible connectors shall not be in tension while running.
AIR DISTRIBUTION 233000 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Prevent passage of unfiltered air around filters with felt, rubber, or neoprene gaskets.
C. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans and elsewhere, as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access.
D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-offs to diffusers, grilles and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille or register assembly. E. Install a new set of filters after final inspection.
3.2 DUCTS
A. Furnish and install all sheet metal ducts together with necessary dampers, supports and other items required for a complete installation.
B. All ductwork shall, where practicable, be run parallel to or at right angles to the lines of the building.
C. All rectangular duct branch take-offs shall be made with 45 degree fittings with main duct size reduction downstream.
D. All duct work shall be hung with sheet metal strap hangers per latest SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" fastened to structure above.
E. The sizes of internally lined ducts (where allowed by 23 07 00) are actual outside duct dimensions.
F. Inside radius of all elbows shall be not less than 6" and shall incorporate turning vanes as shown on drawings. Turning vanes shall be single thickness with standard metal runners as manufactured by Duro Dyne or Aero Dyne and installed per SMACNA.
G. Reducing elbows with turning vanes shall not be used. All elbows with turning vanes shall have the same inlet and outlet sizes with transitions as necessary downstream of the elbow.
H. Changes in duct sizes or shape shall be made with transitions as long as practicable. The absolute maximum angle between the side and axis of the duct shall be 30 degrees divergence or 45 degrees convergence.
I. Exposed ductwork passing through walls shall be provided with sheet metal flashings covering entire opening. Flashing shall be same gauge as duct with mitered corners and hemmed edges.
J. Extractors shall not be used.
K. Flexible duct connections shall be made with a round hole cutter and a spin-in collar sealed with hardcast. No dove tail fittings and no duct tape allowed.
L. Round branch duct connections shall be factory made high efficiency take offs sealed with hardcast.
M. Flexible connections shall be made with metal type hose clamps per installation recommended by manufacturer and as required by UL 181 label procedure.
AIR DISTRIBUTION 233000 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
N. Where ductwork passes through roof, provide curbs and flashings in accordance with details on Architectural drawings or as directed by Architect.
O. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities.
P. Ductwork shall be stored in a clean location prior to installation. Openings shall be covered to prevent entry of dust, moisture, and general construction dirt/debris. 10 mil plastic sheeting securely taped over open ends will be acceptable.
END OF SECTION
AIR DISTRIBUTION 233000 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 260500 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Basic requirements of a common or administrative nature that pertains to all electrical work.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
The requirements set out in the contract documents, contract forms, general conditions, supplementary general conditions and general requirements apply to all work specified herein.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, transportation, tools, permits, fees and incidentals necessary for the installation of a complete electrical system. It is the intent of the contract documents to provide an installation complete in every respect. In the event that additional details or special construction are required for work indicated or specified, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all materials and equipment which are usually furnished with such systems in order to complete the installation, whether mentioned in the contract documents or not.
1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be in compliance with all applicable portions of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), all city and county codes and ordinances, and other codes which may or may not be specifically referenced in these contract documents. None of the terms or provisions of these contract documents shall be construed as waiving any of the rules, regulations or requirements of these authorities.
B. In any instance where these contract documents call for construction materials of a better quality or larger size than required by the codes, the provisions of the contract documents shall take precedence. The codes shall govern in case violations are indicated in the construction documents.
1.05 DRAWINGS
A. The drawings are intended to show the general arrangement and the extent of the work. The exact location and arrangement of all parts shall be determined as the work progresses to conform in the best possible manner with the surroundings and as directed by the Owner's Representative.
B. If any departures from the drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative for review. No departures shall be made without prior written acceptance of the Owner's Representative.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish 6 copies of the manufacturer's literature and drawings describing all proposed equipment and materials indicated in the specifications. The
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
front sheet or brochure shall have job name, architect, engineer, contractor and suppliers identified.
B. All sheets of the submittal shall have the job name stamped or permanently written on them, and shall be assembled in an indexed brochure. The descriptive materials shall be arranged in the brochure in the same order as found in the specifications. Each brochure shall be submitted in a three-ring binder. Binders shall be hardback unless the Engineer, at his discretion, allows heavy-paper-type binders on a smaller project. The leading sheet of the descriptive material for each item shall be full size of heavy paper, with a numbered outside tab. An index sheet showing the location in the brochure of all equipment and material submitted shall be placed in the front of the brochure. The index sheet shall be made to conform to the following example.
- INDEX -
Item Specifications Specifications No. Paragraph No. Page No. Description
C. Submittals shall include detailed specifications and construction data. Manufacturer's regular catalog sheets will not be acceptable unless they indicate completely all of the specification requirements. Where submittal sheets cover several sizes or types of equipment, they shall clearly indicate, by the use of a different color ink, the type or size to be used on the project and the use intended. Products submitted as substitutions shall be identified in the index as a substitution.
D. Approval of the submittals, or any part of the contents therein, shall not eliminate the responsibility for compliance with the drawings and specifications, nor shall it eliminate the requirements or the responsibility for freedom from errors of any sort in the data submitted.
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall maintain a set of electrical drawings at the job site neatly marked with all changes from the original contract drawings. This set of drawings shall not be used for construction purposes and shall be available to the Owner's Representative at all times. Drawings shall be kept up to date as the job progresses and shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative at the completion of the contract.
B. A fresh, clean set of drawings on which variations to the original construction documents are legibly recorded and designated "as-built" shall be furnished to the Owner's Representative upon completion and acceptance of work and before final payment is made.
1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish 6 sets of operation and maintenance manuals to the Owner's Representative. These manuals shall include all items designated in the
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
specifications, shall be assembled in an indexed three-ring binder as described in the paragraph titled "SUBMITTALS" and shall include all warranties. Separate equipment brochures will not be acceptable. A pictorial parts list, operation and maintenance instructions, system descriptions, schematic wiring diagrams and equipment cut sheets shall be included for each item with source information. NOTE: These manuals shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative prior to final acceptance of the installation by the Owner.
B. Final acceptance of the installation shall not occur until the Owner's personnel have been trained in the maintenance and operation of all equipment for a minimum of 40 hours.
1.09 SITE EXAMINATION
The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of his work to the building structure and to the work of all trades. The Contractor shall visit the premises and thoroughly familiarize himself with all details of the work and working conditions, and verify all dimensions in the field. The Contractor shall advise the Owner's Representative of any discrepancy at least seven days prior to bidding. The submission of bids shall be deemed evidence of the Contractor's site visit, the coordination of all existing conditions and the inclusion of all considerations for existing conditions.
1.10 UTILITIES
The contract documents reflect the general location, voltage, capacity, size and manner of routing for all utilities known to be required on this project. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and to meet with the local utility companies in order to coordinate and confirm the exact requirements for all electrical utilities, including, but not limited to, all facilities required to provide complete and operative electrical power and telephone services. The bid submitted by the Contractor shall include costs for all such coordinative work as well as any and all utility company charges and/or fees.
1.11 TEMPORARY POWER
A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide the necessary wiring, connections, service switches, poles, wiring protective devices, lighting fixtures, lamps, outlet devices, disconnect switches, etc., as required for temporary lighting. In addition, a similar system shall be provided for the distribution of single- and three-phase power of voltage levels and adequate ampacity as required to facilitate the construction of the project. These services shall be installed in accordance with requirements of the NEC and OSHA.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with the local utility company, the General Contractor and other trades involved to determine requirements for temporary power on this project. No additional charges shall be made to the Owner for wiring, connections, pole, fixtures or devices required to facilitate construction.
1.12 STORAGE AT SITE
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Store major electrical equipment (switchboards, panelboards, lighting fixtures, dry type transformers, VFDs, etc.) sealed in original factory wrapping in a clean, dry and conditioned environment protected from the weather. Storage outdoors is not acceptable.
1.13 GUARANTEE
The Contractor shall guarantee all labor and materials furnished by him in accordance with state law or the general conditions of the contract, but in no case for a period of less than one year. Certain work and materials shall be guaranteed for a longer period when so specified. Guarantee period shall extend form the time of final acceptance of the installation. The Guarantee shall cover the repair or replacement, without additional cost to the Owner, of any defective material or faulty workmanship. All necessary service to each item and other work requiring specialized training shall be furnished by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, for a period of one year, concurrent with the warranty period specified above. The above items pertaining to routine servicing of the equipment and motors, replacing fuses or replacing lamps are the responsibility of the Owner unless a service agreement is made between the Contractor and the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All materials shall be new and of quality grade. All materials of a type for which the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) has established a standard shall be listed by UL and shall bear the UL label.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS
References in the specifications or on the drawings to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by naming more than one acceptable manufacturer shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition; however, the Contractor, in such cases, shall obtain written prior approval for substitution of unnamed manufacturers. Requests for substitution must be received in writing, in accordance with the contract documents, at least 10 working days before bid date. The request shall include a detailed listing of all products and/or devices for which acceptance is being requested. Engineering specification sheets and/or construction details shall be included for comparative purposes. If the product is acceptable to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative and the Engineer, an addendum item will be issued stating acceptability.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION
A. All work shall be performed by competent mechanics, skilled in their trade, and shall be executed in a thorough and substantial manner.
B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for transportation of his materials to and on the job, and for their storage and protection until the final acceptance of the job.
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. The Contractor shall be held responsible for timely placing of all conduit and outlet boxes, cabinets and other wiring devices in the walls, ceilings, slabs, beams, etc., as construction progresses.
D. Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle, tools and appurtenances of all kinds, and all labor required for the safe and expeditious execution of his contract.
E. All equipment shall be installed in a manner to permit access to parts requiring service. All electrical equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to allow removal for service without disassembly of other equipment, and shall have working clearances as required by NEC. Any large piece of apparatus which is to be installed in any space in the building, and which is too large to fit through finished openings, shall be placed before enclosing structure is completed. Following placement, such apparatus shall be completely protected from damage.
F. The Contractor shall, at all times, keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material and packaging debris. This debris shall be removed daily from the construction site.
3.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Where it becomes necessary to drill or cut through any floors, walls or ceilings to permit the installation of any work under this contract, such cutting shall be done under the supervision of the Owner's Representative by the Contractor. After the necessary work has been completed, the damage shall be repaired by the Contractor.
B. No joists, beams, girders or columns shall be cut by the Contractor without first obtaining written permission from the Owner's Representative.
C. All drilling for expansion bolts, hangers and other supports shall be done by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Owner's Representative. Labor and materials required to replace or rebuild parts cut or injured shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense, subject to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.
D. All openings made in fire-rated walls, floors and ceilings shall be patched by the electrical contractor in a manner maintaining the original fire rating.
3.03 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of the different trades so that interferences between piping, equipment, structural and architectural work shall be avoided.
B. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all conduit sleeves are timely installed and are sealed, flashed or caulked to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.
3.04 HVAC EQUIPMENT WIRING AND CONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
In general, the Mechanical Contractor shall provide the low-voltage (less than 120 volts) control wiring from the heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment (HVAC) to the mechanical furnished device (T-STAT, temperature control system, etc.). The electrical drawings will indicate only branch circuit power supplies to serve the HVAC equipment, unless shown otherwise on the drawings.
3.05 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING
A. The Contractor shall provide and install a presentation grade one-line diagram of the electrical system in a framed plexiglass enclosure near the service entrance switchgear at a location as directed by the Owner's Representative.
B. All equipment shall have the manufacturer's nameplate permanently affixed in an obvious location.
C. Branch circuit panelboards shall contain a typed index card identifying all circuits.
D. Major pieces of equipment shall be labeled, as required by the NEC and as shown in ‘I’ below, with engraved nameplates constructed of laminated phenolic. Letters shall be condensed gothic, 1/4 inch high. Nameplates shall be at least 1/16 inch thick, 3 ply, white surfaces, black core.
Example: Panel L1 120/208V, 3
E. All junction boxes and pull boxes shall be labeled with a permanent felt tip marker, 1/4 inch wide, indicating the circuits contained within. For junction boxes containing multiple circuits, conductors shall be tagged as in note ‘G’ below.
Example: L1 7, 9, 11
F. All device plates shall be labeled on the back of the plate, with a permanent felt tip marker, indicating the circuits contained within the device box.
G. Provide wire markers on all conductors at each panelboard and at each load connection. Identify with panelboard or other source name and branch circuit or feeder number at the load and with load name at the source for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams. For receptacle and lighting circuits, provide the marker at each outlet.
H. Underground pull boxes shall be indelibly marked on the interior wall (not lid) with the pullbox number on the plans. Marking shall be minimum 2” high, and on two pullbox walls.
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
I. As a minimum, each nameplate shall include ALL of the following information and information titles as shown below with consideration of the immediately preceding items. If information required for a title is not applicable, then use “N/A”.
1) Equipment Name: 2) Fed From: 3) Circuit #: 4) Through: 5) Voltage, # of Phases, # of wires: 6) Over-current protection: 7) Source equipment name: 8) Source circuit or bucket designation: 9) Intervening equipment name: 10) Destination equipment name: The name plate shall be yellow engraved with minimum 3/16” in height, black lettering, with the equipment name being minimum ¼” in height.
3.06 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Each piece of floor-mounted equipment, such as switchboards, transformers, etc., shall be set on a concrete base. Bases shall not be less than 4 inches high and shall be pinned to the floor.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install vibration isolation means for all equipment and materials furnished under this contract which may transmit perceptible noise or vibration, structure borne or air borne, to occupied areas.
C. All transformers and other equipment indicated shall be mounted on 1-inch-thick cork rib pads and/or rubber or steel spring isolator units properly sized, spaced and loaded, as specified herein, which in turn shall rest on a 4-inch minimum concrete base.
D. Electrical conduit shall be isolated from all dry type transformers and rotating or reciprocating machinery with a minimum of 12 inches of liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
END OF SECTION 260500
GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 260500-7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 262700 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 –GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Conduit
B. Junction, pull and device boxes
C. Conductors
D. Disconnect switches
E. Overcurrent devices
F. Wiring devices
G. Lighting and branch circuit panelboards
H. Grounding
I. Testing
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 260500 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
1.03 REFERENCES
A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
B. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).
C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
D. ANSI/NFPA 70-National Electrical Code (NEC).
E. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 260500.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's literature and product data on all equipment listed in Paragraph 1.01.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT
A. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized on the outside and coated on the inside with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel. EMT shall comply with
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard UL 797 and ANSI C80-3. EMT coupling and box connectors for EMT shall be of the steel compression gland type.
B. Rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit shall be hot-dipped, galvanized steel with zinc coating or corrosion-resistant lacquer on the inside. RGS shall comply with UL Standard UL 6 and ANSI C80-1. Fittings shall be threaded, water and concrete-tight.
C. Flexible metal conduit (FMC) shall be of hot-dipped, galvanized, interlocked, spirally wound steel strip and shall comply with ANSI/UL 1. Connectors shall be galvanized and shall be suitable for connection to the associated boxes and conduits.
D. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LTFMC) shall be similar to flexible metal conduit and shall also have an outer PVC jacket and shall comply with ANSI/UL 360. Connectors shall be equal to Appleton type "ST" connectors.
E. Plastic conduit for direct burial shall be rigid, heavywall, Schedule 40, polyvinyl chloride (PVC). All Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall meet the requirements of UL and shall be manufactured by Carlon or approved equal.
F. Plastic conduit for installation in concrete duct banks shall be thinwall conforming to NEMA Standard TC6 and shall be UL listed.
G. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4 inch.
2.02 JUNCTION, PULL AND DEVICE BOXES
A. Junction and pull boxes shall be of code galvanized steel. Boxes mounted vertically on a wall shall be provided with hinged covers and catchlocks. Boxes mounted horizontally in or on the ceiling shall be furnished with screw covers. All such boxes shall conform to NEC for size and gauge of material. Junction and pull boxes shall be provided as required even if not shown on the drawings.
B. Device boxes and general purpose junction boxes shall be one-piece galvanized pressed steel knockout type with similar cover, and not less than 4 inches square. No sectional boxes will be permitted, except at single-pole switch locations with only two conductors.
C. All gang boxes for devices shall be designed specifically for the number of devices indicated.
D. Boxes for exterior devices shall be cast iron, Crouse Hinds FD, or approved equal, with gasketed covers.
E. In-grade boxes shall be traffic rated polymer concrete with composite lockable lid marked ‘Electrical’. Metal lids are not acceptable.
2.03 CONDUCTORS
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. Conductors shall be of soft-drawn annealed copper. Conductors shall conform to federal specifications for the type of wire designated, and shall have a conductivity of not less than 98 percent of that of pure copper.
B. Minimum conductor size for power and lighting circuits shall be No. 12 AWG, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Minimum conductor size for control and signal circuits shall be No. 14 AWG, unless shown otherwise on the drawings.
C. All conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. All conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid.
D. All conductors located in dry locations shall be type THWN unless specifically designated otherwise. All conductors located in outdoor or wet locations shall be type XHHW-2.
E. All branch circuit conductors used for wiring in high temperature locations (such as boiler controls, range hoods, heating equipment, etc.) shall be type RHH heat-resistant grade.
F. Conductors shall be color coded as follows:
120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire...... Black, Red, Blue and White
Control circuits...... Other than above
G. For phase conductors larger than No. 4 AWG, or neutral conductors No. 4 AWG or larger, colored plastic tape may be used in lieu of continuously colored conductor insulation. Each conductor shall have at least three 1-inch bands (4-inch separation) at every termination and splice.
H. Wire connectors shall be as follows:
1. Connectors for No. 8 AWG and smaller (dry locations) shall be self-insulated spiral spring screw-on connector with resilient or unbreakable plastic insulating cap. No ceramic or brittle plastic shell connectors will be approved.
2. Connectors for No. 8 AWG and smaller (damp locations) shall be compression sleeve type.
3. Connectors for No. 6 AWG and larger wires (damp or dry locations) shall be compression sleeve type.
2.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Provide enclosed, fusible or nonfusible switches as shown on the drawings.
B. Switches shall be horsepower rated and shall have quick-make and quick-break mechanisms and interlocked covers.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Disconnect switches shall be heavy duty type HD.
D. Switches shall be suitable for the voltage, number of phases and wires, and short circuit and load currents shown on the drawings.
E. Fusible disconnect switches shall have provisions for Class R fuses.
F. Enclosures shall be the NEMA type suitable for the environmental conditions where the switch is installed.
G. Enclosures shall be of code gauge steel (NEMA 1) or code gauge galvanized steel (NEMA 3R). Enclosures shall be treated with a rust-inhibiting phosphate and finished in gray baked enamel.
H. Disconnect switches shall be service entrance rated where required by the drawings or codes.
2.05 OVERCURRENT DEVICES
A. Fuses
1. All fuses, 600 volts and less, shall be Bussmann "Low-Peak" or approved equal, and shall meet the following:
a. All fuses shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.
b. Fuses rated 1/10 to 600 amperes shall be UL Class R dual element current limiting. All dual-element fuses shall have separate overload and short-circuit elements, and shall be Bussmann type LPS-RK (600V), LPN-RK (250V) or approved equal.
c. Furnish to Owner one spare set of three of each size and type of fuse rated at more than 600 amperes, and 10 percent of each size and type of fuse rated 600 amperes or less, but in no case less than one set of three.
B. Circuit breakers
1. All circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic, molded case, and shall have the following characteristics:
a. Quick-make, quick-break type.
b. "Bolt-on" type.
c. Fully rated for the available fault current as shown on the drawings. Series ratings are unacceptable.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
d. Common trip type for all multipole breakers.
e. Operating handle shall visually indicate ON, OFF or TRIPPED conditions.
f. Indicate the ampacity and frame size on the breaker.
g. When used for switching light circuits, shall be marked "SWD," indicating "switch duty rated."
h. When required by equipment manufacturer, circuit breaker shall be "HACR" rated.
2. Where enclosed circuit breaker disconnects are shown on the drawings, provide an enclosure suitable for the environmental conditions where the breaker is installed.
2.06 WIRING DEVICES
A. Receptacles
1. Receptacles shall be flush, 20 amperes, 125 volts, specification grade, three wire, grounding, duplex, and shall be Hubbell No. 5362 or approved equal.
2. Ground fault receptacles shall be flush, 20 amperes, 125 volts, specification grade, three wire, grounding, duplex, and shall be Hubbell No. GF5362 or approved equal.
3. Color of receptacles shall be per owner.
4. Special purpose outlets not covered by the specifications but noted on the drawings shall be of the amperage and voltage rating indicated. The outlets shall be specification grade of the same quality, manufacturer and finish as those specified above.
5. Other approved wiring device manufactures are Byrant, P & S and Leviton.
B. Wall switches
1. All lighting circuits shall be supplied with 20-ampere, 120/277-volt specification grade quiet type switches.
a. Single-pole switches shall be Hubbell No. 1221 or approved equal.
b. Three-way switches shall be Hubbell No. 1223 or approved equal.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2. Single-pole key-operated switches shall meet all the requirements of the single-pole toggle switch. Single-pole key-operated switches shall be Hubbell No. 1221 or approved equal.
3. Mullion single-pole switches shall meet all the requirements of the single- pole toggle switch.
C. Device plates and covers
1. Device plates for indoor concealed wiring shall be satin finish stainless steel unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
2. Device plates for indoor exposed wiring shall be stamped sheet metal steel.
3. Weatherproof receptacles shall have device-mounted snap covers, UL listed for wet locations.
4. Where shown on the drawings, outdoor weatherproof covers shall be raintight NEMA 3R rated and shall meet NEC and OSHA requirements for "While in Use" applications.
5. Device plates for mullion switches shall match the mullion as nearly as possible.
6. Device plates shall be manufactured by Hubbell, Byrant, P & S or Leviton.
2.07 LIGHTING AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shall have the voltage, number of phases and wires, and current ratings as shown on the drawings.
B. Panelboards shall be circuit breaker panelboards conforming to the requirements of UL 67, UL 50, NEMA No. PB1 and the NEC. Each panelboard shall be mounted in a galvanized sheet-metal cabinet with a removable front panel complete with hinged door, latch and lock. All locks shall be keyed the same and two keys shall be provided for each lock. Cabinets shall have means for securing, supporting and adjusting panelboard front. There shall be no sharp points or edges inside cabinets.
C. Bus bars shall be copper. Bus bar taps shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit devices. Neutral bars, where specified, shall be full size, insulated from the cabinet and mounted at the opposite end of the panel from the mains. A bare, uninsulated grounding bar, brazed to the cabinet, shall be provided where indicated. Bus bars for the mains shall have pressure-type lug connections for attaching feeders unless a main protective device is indicated. Where paralleled conductors feed the panel, lugs shall be provided for each conductor. Where spaces are indicated, the bus shall have all applicable accessories provided to enable a breaker to be readily installed.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Branch circuit breakers shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.05 (B).
E. A directory frame and card having a transparent cover shall be furnished on each door, neatly typed to indicate loads.
F. Provide (1) ¾” spare conduit stubbed out to a readily accessible location for every 3- pole spare or space. Each panelboard 200 Amp or larger shall have at least (1) 1-1/4" spare conduit stubbed out to a readily accessible location.
G. Panelboards shall be Square D, Siemens, General Electric or Cutler Hammer,.
2.08 GROUNDING
A. Grounding conductors shall be copper, stranded, soft drawn or soft annealed.
B. Ground clamps for connecting grounding electrode conductors to copper, brass or lead pipes shall be made of copper, and if pipes are of steel or iron, the ground clamps shall be made of galvanized iron. These clamps shall be designed to provide permanent and positive pressure and to avoid mechanical injury to the pipes.
C. Grounding conductors and jumpers shall be connected to each other and to items to be grounded by means of pressure connectors, clamps and/or other suitable methods approved by the Engineer.
D. All grounding conductor connections made below grade shall be made using an exothermic welded connection. All below-grade connections shall be "Cadweld," "Thermoweld" or approved equal.
E. Ground rods shall be a minimum of 5/8-inch diameter by 8 feet long, copper-clad steel- core.
F. All concrete-encased or direct-buried underground electrode conductors shall be of stranded copper.
G. All equipment grounding conductors installed in conduits shall be insulated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
The Contractor shall study all construction documents and shall carefully lay out all work in advance of fabrication and erection in order to meet requirements of limited spaces. Where conflicts occur, the Contractor shall meet with all involved trades and resolve the conflict prior to erection of any work in the area involved.
3.02 CONDUIT
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-7 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. Above-grade conduit
1. Conduits located indoors and not subject to physical damage shall be electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Conduits located outdoors, or subject to physical damage, shall be rigid galvanized steel (RGS).
3. Flexible metallic conduit (FMC) shall be used in dry locations and liquid tight flexible metal conduit (LTFMC) shall be used in wet locations to extend conduit connections to motors, lighting fixtures, transformers, etc. The length of flexible conduit shall not exceed 24 inches. The length shall not exceed 72 inches for recessed lighting fixtures only.
4. Where to Conceal: Conduits shall be concealed in all finished parts of the building. Conduits shall be concealed in pipe chases, walls, furred spaces, topping or above ceilings unless otherwise shown. All conduits shall be routed parallel or perpendicular to the building lines. No diagonal runs will be permitted.
5. Where to Expose: Conduits may be exposed in mechanical/electrical rooms, duct and piping chases, under-floor crawl spaces, and locations shown on the drawings. All exposed conduit shall be run in the neatest, most inconspicuous manner, and parallel or perpendicular to the building lines. No exposed diagonal runs will be permitted. The Contractor shall run all conduit in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
6. Conduits shall be securely supported to building structure at intervals of not more than 8 feet. Conduits shall be fastened in place with galvanized steel clamps or pipe straps, hangers, 3/8-inch-diameter-minimum rods or trapeze. No perforated steel tape is permitted. Supports of structural steel or manufactured framing members shall be provided with all necessary rods, anchors, clamps, spacers and bolts. Conduits above removable ceiling panels shall allow sufficient clearance for panel removal or insertion. Conduits of any size shall not be supported from ceiling hangers or light fixture hangers. Conduit shall not be supported from piping or mechanical equipment unless specifically shown on plans. Allow 7 feet of headroom clearance.
7. Fasteners for conduit supports shall be self-drilling self-tapping screws in metal; wood screws in wood; or threaded expansion anchors or inserts in masonry or concrete. Wooden, plastic or lead inserts, or power-actuated anchors, will not be acceptable.
8. Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be made up to boxes and equipment with double locknuts and shall have insulated bushings installed. Grounding continuity shall be maintained.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-8 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
9. All roof penetrations shall be properly sleeved, sealed and flashed for complete waterproofing. In lieu of the above, approved factory-fabricated watertight entrance glands shall be used.
10. In no case shall a raceway be run within 6 inches of steam or hot water pipes, breechings, flues or other high-temperature surfaces.
11. Provide sleeves in new concrete or masonry walls for passage of conduits. Waterproof all sleeves where required.
B. Below-grade conduit
A. Nonencased, direct-buried conduits in or below slabs-on-grade, in earth, or in gravel shall be rigid, Schedule 40, polyvinyl chloride (PVC).
B. Conduit encased in concrete shall be PVC thinwall.
C. All offsets and ells shall be rigid galvanized steel, wrapped with tape as specified below.
D. All conduit risers shall be rigid galvanized steel.
E. All underground conduits shall be installed a minimum of 24 inches below grade unless shown otherwise on the drawings.
F. Metal conduits and fittings buried underground shall be carefully wrapped with half- lapped 10 mil PVC tape or shall be PVC coated steel.
G. Where conduits are installed in slabs, conduits shall be set in position as soon as the forms are in place and in such manner as not to impair the strength of the slab. For exact locations, see architectural sections and locate as directed by Owner's Representative with respect to the reinforcing steel.
H. Sleeves in floor slabs shall extend a minimum of one inch above the finished floor.
C. General
1. To prevent the accumulation of water, dirt or concrete in conduit during work, conduit ends shall be sealed by use of metallic "pennies" or resilient plastic sealing caps during construction until wire is pulled. Properly cap spare and empty conduit systems, stubbed up from below grade or from below floor level, with permanent caps.
2. Horizontal runs of conduit shall be installed to provide a natural drain for condensation without pockets or traps where moisture may collect. All conduits shall be blown out and swabbed out before pulling in wire.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-9 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3. Furnish and install a polypropylene pull cord in every empty raceway. Identify each end of pull wire with tags with complete information as to location of the other end of the wire.
4. Provide expansion couplings where conduits cross expansion joints, and where required by the NEC.
3.03 JUNCTION, PULL AND DEVICE BOXES
A. Provide a standard access panel having a hinged metal door neatly fitted into a flush metal trim, where a junction box is located above hard ceilings or in finished walls. Coordinate the location and type with the Owner's Representative.
B. Verify final location of all boxes with Owner's Representative prior to rough-in.
C. Where more than one switch or device is located at the same location, multi-gang boxes and covers shall be provided.
D. Back-to-back device boxes in a wall are not permitted. Provide a minimum 12-inch- long nipple to offset boxes on opposite sides of a common wall to minimize sound transmission.
E. Provide proper throats and extension rings to ensure that device boxes are within 1/4 inch of finished wall surfaces.
F. Support ceiling outlet boxes from ceiling structure. Support boxes in suspended ceiling systems from main runner channels, or joists, or other structural members. For boxes in suspended ceilings, supplement outlet box support with separate support to the structure as required for the expected load of the device.
G. Identify all circuits located in junction, pull and device boxes per Section 260500.
3.04 CONDUCTORS
A. All conductors shall be installed in conduit unless noted or specified otherwise.
B. Maximum branch circuit homerun lengths shall be as follows:
CIRCUIT TYPE No. 12 AWG No. 10 AWG No. 8 AWG No. 6 AWG Multiple 120V receptacle or 50 feet 100 feet 150 feet 225 feet lighting homerun Dedicated 120V receptacle 75 feet 150 feet 225 feet 350 feet homerun
C. A UL-approved cable pulling compound shall be used as a lubricant where necessary. No materials which may be injurious to the wire covering or insulation shall be used.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-10 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Conductors pulled into a wrong raceway or cut too short for termination shall be replaced. Conductors shall not be reinstalled after removal from a raceway.
E. Mains and feeders shall run their entire length in continuous pieces without joints or splices unless otherwise shown.
F. Joints in branch circuits shall occur only where such circuits divide as shown on the plans. No splices shall be made in submersible locations.
G. Splices and taps shall not be made in any conductor except at outlet boxes, pull boxes or junction boxes. Splices shall not be made in conduit bodies.
H. All electrical conductor terminations shall be torque wrench or torque screwdriver tightened per UL and NEMA standards.
I. Where the bodies of fluorescent lighting fixtures are used as raceways for lighting branch circuits, conductors shall be securely clamped within the fixture body to positively prevent contact of the wires with the ballast case.
J. Wire connectors located in damp locations shall be wrapped with rubber and vinyl tape equal to Scotch No. 130 and Scotch No. 33 tape, followed by a coating of ScotchKote, or approved equal.
K. All wiring in underground pullboxes shall be installed a minimum of 4” below the pullbox cover.
3.05 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Install disconnect switches to maintain NEC clearances.
B. Install label inside each fused disconnect switch indicating the fuse type and ampere rating.
3.06 OVERCURRENT DEVICES
A. Verify proper fuse or circuit breaker size prior to installing.
B. Where circuit breakers are installed in existing panelboards, verify that breaker type and AIC ratings match the existing circuit breakers installed in the panel.
3.07 LIGHTING AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Cabinets shall be set rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb.
B. Provide type-written circuit identification card placed in door-mounted directory frame.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-11 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Install panelboards in areas where NEC clearances can be maintained.
D. Provide panelboard nameplates in accordance with Section 260500.
E. Panelboard mounting height shall be 6 feet to the top of trim.
3.08 WIRING DEVICES
A. All mounting heights shown below are to centerline of devices.
B. Receptacles shall be installed 18 inches above finished floor unless otherwise shown.
C. Receptacles above counters shall be horizontally mounted at 42 inches above finished floor unless otherwise shown.
D. Receptacles shall generally be mounted vertically in box, set plumb and true with the ground pin receiver in the top position.
E. Switches shall be flush mounted 42 inches above finished floor unless otherwise noted.
F. Switches shall be mounted vertically, set plumb and true, so that toggle handle is "up" in the "ON" condition.
G. Switches that are indicated as adjacent to each other on the drawings shall be installed in a common junction box. Provide box dividers for 277-volt circuits and one-piece wall plate, ganged as required. Sectionalized device plates will not be accepted.
H. All devices installed shall be installed with 6-inch pigtails.
I. All devices shall be compatible with architectural room finishes. All devices shall be trimmed out as scheduled to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.
3.09 GROUNDING
A. The electrical system shall be grounded in accordance with Article 250 of the NEC. All electrical equipment including conduit systems, boxes, disconnect switches, receptacles, panelboards, motors, etc. shall be grounded.
B. The service entrance groundbus shall be bonded to the building water service, building steel, ufer ground and ground rods with conductors sized per NEC Table 250-94.
C. Resistance between any point on the grounding electrode system and any object in the vicinity, including earth and floors, shall not exceed 25 ohms. Ground resistance measurements of all ground rods shall be made in normally dry weather, not less than 24 hours after rainfall. The Contractor shall submit measured ground resistance readings to the Engineer.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-12 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. If the ground resistance exceeds 25 ohms, additional ground rods shall be installed to lower the ground resistance to below 25 ohms.
E. The ground terminal on all convenience receptacles shall be bonded to the box and to the branch circuit grounding conductor with a bonding jumper to provide good continuity back to the source.
F. Conduits which connect to boxes, cabinets or enclosures having concentric or eccentric knockouts shall be provided with bonding jumpers sized in accordance with NEC Table 250-95 connected between a grounding type bushing/locknut on the conduit and a groundbus or stud inside the enclosure.
G. Where grounding connections are made to conduits, cabinets, etc., metal surface contacts shall be cleaned so that there is a good ground connection.
H. All raceways shall contain a green insulated equipment grounding conductor sized per NEC 250-95, even if not shown on the drawings.
3.10 TESTING
A. All tests shall be satisfactorily completed and accepted before final inspection or acceptance. Provide test reports for all tests. Test reports shall be bound with O & M manuals.
B. Insulation resistance (megger ) testing, current leakage testing, and ground resistance testing for grounding electrode conductors, including pole base ufer or rod grounds, are required. Submittal of test results is required for all conductors of all sizes, other than low voltage control wiring. Testing shall be performed by qualified persons, as defined by the NEC. The Contractor performing the testing shall submit documentation that demonstrates that the test equipment used is currently certified for accuracy by the manufacturer.
C. Testing reports shall include name of person(s) performing tests, a description of equipment testing, test equipment used, date and time of test, test values, subsequent corrective actions or repairs, re-test values demonstrating below-limit results, and any comments.
D. Insulation resistance testing for 600V cable shall be 1000 VDC for 1 minute, in relation to ground and adjacent conductors. Readings of less than 100 megohms shall result in replacement of the failed wiring, including splices. The Contractor shall disconnect the circuit loads, such as lighting and motors, from the circuits before testing.
E. Current leakage testing shall be performed with a clamp-on current leakage tester. Readings of 6 ma or less shall result in visual inspection of splices and exposed section of cables, and insulation resistance testing and subsequent repair or replacement of conductor and splices.
F. Ground resistance testing shall be performed with a clamp-on tester, or with a three- point fall of potential testing.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-13 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
G. Contractor shall verify installation and connection of all NEC Article 250 (grounding) components. Records, including photographs where warranted, shall be kept of as- installed conditions.
H. Panelboard busbars shall be meggered prior to energizing to ensure that shorts or grounds do no exist.
I. Measure and record ground resistances in accordance with Paragraph 3.09.
J. Test each receptacle for proper phase, neutral and ground connections.
K. Require measurement of the phase currents at each panel with the panel at expected maximum demand. Require balancing of the phase currents at each panel to within +/- 5% of the calculated average bus current, or as close as possible. Require written record of the balanced bus current values.
L. The contractor shall furnish the instruments, materials, and labor for all tests at no additional cost to the owner (i.e., must be part of the bid price). The contractor shall present to the Owner three copies of certified test reports. In addition to the various electrical measurement results, the test reports shall , at a minimum, include:
1) The official project name, 2) The project address, 3) Pinal County building number, 4) Pinal County project number, 5) Name of the test, 6) Name of equipment tested, 7) Location in the building of the equipment tested, 8) Name of the Project General Contractor, 9) Name of the Contractor performing the test, 10) Name of the Contractor’s employee performing the test, 11) Date, time, and temperature.
END OF SECTION 262700
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 262700-14 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 265100 - LIGHTING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Requirements for furnishing and installing lighting fixtures as shown and scheduled on the drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 260500 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS.
B. Section 262700 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL).
B. ANSI/NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Submit product data in accordance with Section 260500. Submittals shall include the manufacturer's name, catalog number, driver type, lumen package, and all ordering data. Should Contractor desire to substitute fixture types, the Owner's Representative may, at his option, require the Contractor to furnish an example of said fixture for examination and comparison purposes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 All lighting fixtures shall be furnished complete with mounting accessories to suit the specific service intended. See architectural and structural plans for ceiling and construction details where fixtures are to be mounted. Coordinate final location with architectural and mechanical features.
2.02 Fixtures shown in the schedule to be recessed shall be complete with any accessories required to fit the fixture to the ceiling construction. See architectural plans for type of ceilings. Locate fixtures in regard to ceiling patterns, unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
2.03 Fixtures scheduled to be surface mounted shall be furnished and installed employing supports, toggle bolts and any other accessories which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, are required to adequately support the fixtures.
2.04 Fixtures in continuous rows shall be supplied with all fixture couplings, chase nipples and/or other accessories recommended by manufacturer for continuous row installation.
2.05 Prismatic diffusers for troffer fixtures shall be acrylic with a minimum thickness of 0.125 inch.
2.06 Wherever fixtures are to be dimmed, the fixture supplier shall coordinate the type of driver to be used with the dimmer supplier to ensure compatibility.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 The Contractor shall furnish and install lighting fixtures complete with lamps for every lighting outlet scheduled on the accompanying drawings. Where a fixture type designation may have
LIGHTING FIXTURES 265100-1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
been omitted from the plans, it shall be the responsibility of the electrical bidder to contact the Owner's Representative prior to the bid opening and determine which fixture type is intended at the location in question. No allowance will be made on behalf of the Contractor who fails to comply with this requirement. In general, if fixtures are being relocated, Contractor shall ascertain the number of new fixtures to be purchased, if any.
3.02 All fixtures shall be cleaned and left free of any dirt, dust, grease, etc., at the completion of the job.
3.03 Where bodies of fixtures are used as raceways for branch circuit wiring, the wire shall be approved for such location, 90 degrees C and carefully and securely clamped within the fixture body to positively prevent contact of the wires with the ballast case.
3.04 Contractor shall not order any fixtures until submittals are approved.
3.05 All fixtures shall be securely supported from building structure. Troffer fixtures in exposed T-bar grid shall have a ceiling hanger support at all four corners.
3.06 Contractor shall coordinate with other crafts for final location and openings for all recessed fixtures.
3.07 All exterior lighting fixtures shall be furnished complete with gaskets, cast aluminum weatherproof outlet boxes, labeled approved for damp locations, have lamp bases coated with a rust inhibitor to prevent base from corroding to the socket, and be solidly grounded.
3.08 All exterior grade-mounted fixtures shall be furnished and installed complete with concrete base, boxes, grounding, wire, conduit, control (photocell/time switch), trenching and backfilling, necessary for a finished installation.
3.09 All exterior directional type light fixtures shall be aimed at night for maximum effective coverage of areas to be lighted.
3.10 All fixtures shall be securely supported from the building structure. Fixtures in T-bar grid ceilings shall be supported from the structure with #12 ceiling wire at opposite corners, and shall be securely fastened to the grid. All lighting fixture installations shall comply with NEC Article 410.
END OF SECTION 265100
LIGHTING FIXTURES 265100-2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 321000 – EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements. 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures, including extensive overexcavation of loose fill at the maintenance building footprint. Placement of geogrid reinforcing. 3. Shoring/protection for existing historic cast-in-place single-cell jail. 4. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade. 5. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 6. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 7. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Sections 321313 - Concrete Paving.
2. Geotechnical Evaluation prepared by Ninyo & Moore, February 16, 2018, PN 605626001. This is included following this section for reference of the General Contractor.
1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated.
1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's and Owner’s written permission. 3. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located before excavating.
B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.
EARTHWORK 312000 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations.
B. On-Site Soils: On-site soils that exhibit relatively low plasticity indices and very low to low expansive potential are general suitable for re-use as engineered fill or backfill.
C. All on-site materials used as fill shall inorganic, free of vegetation, debris and fragments larger than 6” in size. .
D. Imported Fill Material may be used as fill as above. It shall be inorganic soils free of vegetation, debris, and fragments larger than 6”. Pea gravel or other similar non-cementitious, poorly graded materials should not be used as fill or backfill without the prior approval of the geotechnical engineer.
E. Geogrid: Polypropylene integrally formed biaxial geogrid with positive mechanical interlock intended for subgrade improvement. Equal of Tensar Biaxial Geogrid BX1200.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.
3.3 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Do not use unless approved by Owner.
EARTHWORK 312000 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. .
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.’
Provide shoring as needed to provide safe excavation conditions and to protect integrity of cast-in-place jail cell.
3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Wall and Column Footing Areas: New building foundations shall bear on a zone of moisture coinditioned and compacted engineered fill that extends to a depth of approximately 5 feet below existing ground surface or 3 feet below foundation bearing depth, whichever is greater. See Geotech Engineering Report for complete requirements.
B. Moisten or dry as required, and compact all subgrade soils to a minimum depth of 12 inches below interior slabs, exterior slabs and paving.
C. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to a minimum depth of 8 inches. Moisten or dry as required and compact prior to placement of fill and pavement materials to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades.
3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
3.8 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.
EARTHWORK 312000 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed.
C. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.
1. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed.
D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.
3.9 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.
3.10 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
1. Preparation of subgrade and placement of geogrid as directed in Soils Engineering Report. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing all trash and debris.
B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.11 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.
C. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
D. Provide 4-inch-thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase.
EARTHWORK 312000 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
E. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material or satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
F. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
3.12 SOIL FILL
A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
1. Landscape Areas, including both planting and seeding areas: Place and compact to 90% compaction salvaged top soil. Refer to Civil Plans for final finish grades. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. 4. Under building slabs, use satisfactory soil material or engineered fill. 5. Under footings and foundations, bear on engineered fill.
C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.13 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.
3.14 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in horizontal layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit density according to ASTM D 698 and as described in the Geotechnical Evaluation.
1. Sprinkle water on surface of subgrade or layers of soil material where soil is too dry to permit compaction to required density.
EARTHWORK 312000 - 5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2. Onsite and imported soils shall be compacted within a water content range of 3 percent below to 3 percent above optimum. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry soil mate- rial that is too wet to permit compaction to required density.
3. Pavement Subbase Course: Place subbase material in layers of indicated thickness, over subgrade surface to support walks and pavement. Compact each lift to 95 percent maximum density, in accordance with AASHTO T-99.
a) Thickness of Pavement Subbase Course and Pavement Sections: As shown on Civil Drawings.
4. Grading: grade areas where indicated, including adjacent transition areas, with uniform levels or slopes between finish elevations. Shape surfaces of areas to within 10 feet above or below required subgrade elevation and compact as speci- fied.
D. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1. Quality Control Testing During Construction:
a) Allow testing service to test and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed.
b) Perform field density tests in accordance with AASHTO T-99.
2. Footing Subgrade: For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed, per- form at least one field density test to verify design bearing capacities. Subse- quent verification and approval of each footing subgrade may be based on a vis- ual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata when acceptable to the Architect.
3. Paved Areas: Make at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2000 sq. ft. of paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlaying paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests.
4. Building Areas: Perform observation and testing services necessary to confirm that earthwork has been performed in accordance with the Soils Report.
5. Foundation Wall Backfill: Perform at least two field density tests at locations and elevations as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer.
6. If in opinion of Architect based on testing service reports and inspection, sub- grade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide addi- tional compaction and testing at no additional expense.
E. MAINTENANCE
1. Protection of Graded Areas:
a) Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
EARTHWORK 312000 - 6 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
b) Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances.
2. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are dis- turbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify sur- face, re-shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction.
3. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appear- ance, quality, and condition of surface of finish to match adjacent work, and elim- inate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
F. DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
1. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials (including excess ex- cavated material), trash and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property in ac- cordance with Waste Management Plan.
END OF SECTION 312000
EARTHWORK 312000 - 7
Geotechnical Evaluation Oracle Maintenance Facility Pinal County, Arizona
BWS Architects, Inc. 261 North Court Avenue | Tucson, Arizona 85701
February 16, 2018 | Project No. 605626001
Geotechnical | Environmental | Construction Inspection & Testing | Forensic Engineering & Expert Witness
Geophysics | Engineering Geology | Laboratory Testing | Industrial Hygiene | Occupational Safety | Air Quality | GIS
Geotechnical Evaluation Oracle Maintenance Facility Pinal County, Arizona
Ms. Robin Shambach, AIA, LEED AP BWS Architects, Inc. 261 North Court Avenue | Tucson, Arizona, 85701
February 16, 2018 | Project No. 605626001
2/16/18 Marek J. Kasztalski, PE Fred F. Narcaroti Senior Geotechnical Engineer Principal/Tucson Office Manager
MJK/SDN/FFN/jom
Distribution: (1) Addressee (via e-mail)
1991 East Ajo Way, Suite 145 | Tucson, Arizona 85713 | p. 520.577.7600 | www.ninyoandmoore.com CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 SCOPE OF SERVICES 1 3 SITE DESCRIPTION 2 4 TOPOGRAPHIC MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH REVIEW 2 5 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 2 6 FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING 3 7 GEOLOGY AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4 7.1 Subsurface Conditions 4 7.1.1 Fill 5 7.1.2 Alluvium 5 7.2 Groundwater 5 8 GEOLOGIC HAZARDS 5 8.1 Land Subsidence and Earth Fissures 5 8.2 Faulting and Seismicity 6 9 CONCLUSIONS 7 10 RECOMMENDATIONS 7 10.1 Instrumentation and Documentation 7 10.1.1 Documentation of Existing Conditions 8 10.1.2 Construction Vibrations 8 10.1.3 Ground Surface Settlement 8 10.2 Earthwork 9 10.2.1 Site Preparation 9 10.2.2 Excavations 9 10.2.3 Temporary Slopes 9 10.2.4 Temporary Shoring 10 10.2.5 Fill Materials and Reuse of On-site Soils 10 10.2.6 Fill Placement and Compaction 11 10.2.7 Trench Backfill 12 10.3 Seismic Design Considerations 13 10.4 Foundations 13 10.4.1 Spread Footings 13
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 i 10.5 Slab-On-Grade 14 10.6 Concrete Flatwork 15 10.7 New Pavements 15 10.8 Corrosion 15 10.9 Concrete 16 10.10 Site Drainage 17 10.11 Pre-Construction Conference 17 10.12 Construction Observation and Testing 18 11 LIMITATIONS 18 12 REFERENCES 20
TABLES 1 – 2015 International Building Code Seismic Design Criteria 13
FIGURES 1 – Site Location 2 – Boring Locations
APPENDICES A – Boring Logs B – Laboratory Testing
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 ii 1 INTRODUCTION In accordance with our proposal dated September 8, 2017, and your authorization, we have performed a geotechnical evaluation for the design and construction of new improvements at the Oracle Maintenance Facility located at 1410 North Justice Drive, Pinal County, Arizona (Figure 1). The purpose of our evaluation was to assess the subsurface conditions at the project site in order to provide geotechnical recommendations for design and construction. This report presents the results of our evaluation and our geotechnical conclusions and recommendations regarding the proposed construction.
2 SCOPE OF SERVICES The scope of our services for this project generally included:
Reviewing available topographic information, soil surveys, geologic literature, and aerial photographs of the project area.
Conducting a visual reconnaissance of the project area and marking out the boring locations.
Notifying Arizona 811 of the proposed exploration locations prior to conducting our field work.
Evaluating the presence of underground utilities at our boring locations using geophysical equipment.
Exploring the subsurface soils by drilling, logging, and sampling four exploratory soil borings to depths of approximately 10 to 23.8 feet below ground surface (bgs). The boring logs are presented in Appendix A.
Performing laboratory tests on selected samples collected from our borings to evaluate the in-situ moisture content and dry density, gradation, Atterberg limits, Proctor density / optimum moisture content, and corrosivity characteristics (including pH, minimum electrical resistivity, and soluble sulfate and chloride contents). The results of the laboratory tests are included in Appendix B.
Preparing this report presenting our findings, conclusions, and recommendations regarding the proposed design and construction.
Our scope of services did not include environmental consulting services such as hazardous waste sampling or analytical testing at the site. A detailed scope of services and estimated fee for such services can be provided upon request.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 1 3 SITE DESCRIPTION The project site is located in Section 36 of Township 9 South, Range 15 East relative to the Gila and Salt River Base Line and Meridian.
At the time of our evaluation, the site was occupied by various facilities including buildings and trailers, a fueling station with a steel canopy, and fencing. During our reconnaissance we also observed asphaltic concrete (AC) paved areas and aggregate or soil stockpiles. In addition, a portion of the site might have been recently graded and vegetation was removed from these areas.
Justice Drive was located to the east of the site and some commercial developments were located to the north and south of the site. The areas located to the west of the site were undeveloped and covered with relatively dense vegetation.
4 TOPOGRAPHIC MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH REVIEW According to the topographic information provided by BWS Architects (Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Schematic Design prepared by BWS Architects, dated January 4, 2018) the average site elevation is approximately 4,475 feet relative to mean sea level (MSL) and the site is generally flat sloping gently from south to north.
Several historical topographic maps and aerial photographs from Historicaerials.com (Nationwide Environmental Title Research [NETR], 2017) and from Google Earth™ were reviewed for this project. Topographic maps dated 1961 through 1989 depicted Justice Drive and scattered objects within the project site. A topographic map dated 2002 depicted the project site as being similar to their current condition.
An aerial image dated 1945 depicted no development within the general project site. Aerial photographs dated 1992 and 1996 depicted Justice Drive and various objects within the site, mostly in its southeastern portion. Images dated 2003 through 2017 depicted the project site as being similar to their current condition.
5 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION We understand that Pinal County Public Works Department is planning to construct improvements to the facility located at Justice Drive in Oracle, Arizona. We have reviewed a set of plans for the project prepared by BWS Architects (Schematic Design, dated January 4, 2018).
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 2 Based on the Schematic Design, we understand that the project’s scope of work will generally include:
Demolishing of the existing offices, barn, and storage; Construction of approximately 7,700 square foot single-story maintenance building – steel frame with masonry block walls, roll-up doors, and slab-on-grade with thickened edges (turndowns); Portland cement concrete (PCC) flatwork around the maintenance building; Construction of a protective canopy roof over open materials storage bins; A new vehicular entry drive and parking lot with asphaltic concrete (AC) pavement; and Associated utilities and landscaping.
We further understand that (if possible) the new structures will be supported on shallow foundations and slab-on-grade. Based on the Schematic Design, we understand that the new construction is not anticipated to involve any significant grading operations.
6 FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING On January 24, 2018, Ninyo & Moore conducted a subsurface exploration in order to evaluate the subsurface conditions and to collect soil samples for laboratory testing. Our evaluation consisted of drilling, logging, and sampling four exploratory borings using a CME-75 truck- mounted drill rig equipped with hollow-stem augers. The borings extended to approximate depths of 10 to 23.8 feet bgs. Bulk and relatively undisturbed soil samples were collected at selected depth intervals in our borings.
Ninyo & Moore personnel logged the borings in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D 2488 by observing cuttings and drive samples. Collected ring samples were trimmed in the field, wrapped in plastic bags, and placed in cylindrical plastic containers to retain in-place moisture conditions. Similarly, Standard Penetration Test (SPT) and bulk samples were sealed in plastic bags to retain their approximate in-place moisture. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered are presented on the boring logs in Appendix A. The approximate locations of the borings are depicted on Figure 2.
The soil samples collected from our exploratory activities were transported to the Ninyo & Moore laboratory in Tucson, Arizona for geotechnical laboratory testing. The tests included in-situ moisture content and dry density, gradation, Atterberg limits, Proctor density / optimum moisture
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 3 content, and corrosivity characteristics (including pH, minimum electrical resistivity, and soluble sulfate and chloride contents). The results of the in-situ moisture content and dry density testing are presented on the boring logs in Appendix A. A description of each laboratory test method and the remainder of the test results are presented in Appendix B.
7 GEOLOGY AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The project site is located in the Sonoran Desert Section of the Basin and Range physiographic province, which is typified by broad alluvial valleys separated by steep, discontinuous, subparallel mountain ranges. The mountain ranges generally trend north-south and northwest- southeast. The basin floors consist of alluvium with thickness extending to several thousands of feet.
The basins and surrounding mountains were formed approximately 18 million years ago during the mid- to late-Tertiary age. Extensional tectonics resulted in the formation of horsts (mountains) and grabens (basins) with vertical displacement along high-angle normal faults. Intermittent volcanic activity also occurred during this time. The surrounding basins filled with alluvium from the erosion of the surrounding mountains as well as from deposition from rivers. Coarser-grained alluvial material was deposited at the margins of the basins near the mountains.
The surficial geology of the site is described as being Quaternary and late Tertiary-aged (up to 0.79 million years) alluvial basin fill and terrace deposits underlain by Oracle Granite bedrock. Sediments of this unit consist primarily of small active channels and low terraces along them in the upper Piedmont areas, and the vegetated and slightly elevated flanks of the active stream bed of the Canada del Oro (Spencer at al., 2000). According to the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil Survey by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), the soils at this site are described as the Turquoise-Nugget-Rock outcrop complex. This unit consists of gravelly coarse sandy loam, sandy clay loam, and gravelly sandy clay loam underlain by bedrock. Loam is an agricultural soil classification that refers to a soil comprised of a mixture of clay, silt, and sand.
7.1 Subsurface Conditions Our knowledge of the subsurface conditions at the project site is based on our field exploration, laboratory testing, and our general understanding of the geology of the area. The following paragraphs provide a generalized description of the materials encountered. More detailed stratigraphic information is presented on the boring logs in Appendix A. The boring logs contain
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 4 our field and laboratory test results, as well as our interpretation of conditions believed to exist between actual samples retrieved. Therefore, these boring logs contain both factual and interpretive information. Lines delineating subsurface strata on the boring logs are intended to group soils having similar engineering properties and characteristics. They should be considered approximate, as the actual transition between soil types (strata) may be gradual. A key to the soil symbols and terms used on the boring logs is provided in Appendix A.
7.1.1 Fill Fill material was encountered at the ground surface of our borings B-2 an B-3 that were drilled within the footprint of the future maintenance building. These fills extended to about 18 feet below ground surface in our borings. The fill material generally consisted of loose to medium dense silty sand with variable percentages of gravel in our borings.
7.1.2 Alluvium Native alluvial soils were encountered at the ground surface of our borings B-1 and B-4 and beneath the fill of our borings B-2 and B-3, and extended to the total depths explored. The alluvium generally consisted of loose to very dense silty and clayey sands, with variable percentages of gravel in our borings.
7.2 Groundwater Groundwater was not encountered in our exploratory borings. Based on well data provided by the Arizona Department of Water Resources (ADWR), groundwater has been historically measured at depths on the order of 20 feet bgs. However, it should be noted that groundwater levels near the site can fluctuate due to seasonal variations, flows in nearby washes, irrigation, groundwater withdrawal or injection, and other factors. In general, groundwater is not expected to be a constraint to project design and construction.
8 GEOLOGIC HAZARDS The following section provides a discussion regarding potential geologic hazards such as land subsidence and earth fissures, and faulting and seismicity.
8.1 Land Subsidence and Earth Fissures Groundwater depletion, due to groundwater pumping, has caused land subsidence and earth fissures in numerous alluvial basins in Arizona. It has been estimated that subsidence has affected more than 3,000 square miles and has caused damage to a variety of engineered
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 5 structures and agricultural land (Schumann and Genualdi, 1986). From 1948 to 1983, excessive groundwater withdrawal has been documented in several alluvial valleys where groundwater levels have been reportedly lowered by up to about 500 feet. With such large depletions of groundwater, the alluvium has undergone consolidation resulting in large areas of land subsidence.
In Arizona, earth fissures are generally associated with land subsidence and pose an on-going geologic hazard. Earth fissures generally form near the margins of geomorphic basins where significant amounts of groundwater depletion have occurred. Reportedly, earth fissures have also formed due to tensional stress caused by differential subsidence of the unconsolidated alluvial materials over buried bedrock ridges and irregular bedrock surfaces (Schumann and Genualdi, 1986).
Based on our field reconnaissance and review of the referenced material, there are no known earth fissures at the surface of the subject site. Based on fissure maps published by the Arizona Geological Survey (AZGS), the closest reported earth fissures to the site are located approximately 33 miles to the west of the project site (Schumann and Genualdi, 1986). Continued groundwater withdrawal in the area may result in subsidence and the formation of new fissures or the extension of existing fissures. While the future occurrence of land subsidence and earth fissures cannot accurately be predicted, these phenomena are not expected to be a constraint to the construction of this project.
8.2 Faulting and Seismicity The site lies within the Sonoran zone, which is a relatively stable tectonic region located in southwestern Arizona, southeastern California, southern Nevada, and northern Mexico (Euge et al., 1992). This zone is characterized by sparse seismicity and few Quaternary faults. Based on our field observations and on our review of readily available published geologic maps and literature, there are no known active faults underlying the subject site or adjacent areas. The closest known Quaternary fault to the site is the Whitlock Wash fault, located approximately 15 miles east of the site. The Whitlock Wash fault is situated along the western piedmont of the Galiuro Mountains. The fault zone is a series of north- to northwest-striking normal faults that dip to the southwest. The most recent movement along this fault was approximately 1,600,000 years ago during the Pleistocene epoch. The slip-rate category of this fault is less than 0.2 millimeters per year (Pearthree, 1998). Seismic parameters recommended for the design of the proposed improvements are presented in Section 10.2.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 6 9 CONCLUSIONS Based on the results of our subsurface evaluation, laboratory testing, and data analysis, the proposed construction is feasible from a geotechnical standpoint, provided the recommendations of this report are incorporated into the design of the project, as appropriate. Geotechnical considerations include the following:
Fill material was encountered at the surface of the borings drilled within the footprint of the future maintenance building. These fill soils are unacceptable to support new foundations and should be partially removed and replaced with engineered fill prior to construction of the new foundations.
New foundations may consist of shallow spread-type footings that bear on a zone of engineered fill.
The near-surface site soils should generally be excavatable to the anticipated depths using heavy-duty earthmoving construction equipment.
Soils of variable relative densities encountered near the ground surface in our borings may be sensitive to moisture content fluctuations.
Imported soils and soils generated from on-site excavation activities that exhibit a relatively low plasticity index (PI) can generally be used for engineered fill.
Many of the on-site soils will be suitable for re-use as engineered fill.
Groundwater was not observed in our borings. Based on ADWR well data, the regional groundwater table has been historically measured at depths on the order of 80 feet bgs. In general, groundwater is not expected to be a constraint to the design and construction of this project.
No documented geologic hazards are present underlying or immediately adjacent to the site.
Corrosivity test results indicate that on-site soils are corrosive to ferrous materials and the sulfate content of the soils presents a negligible sulfate exposure to concrete.
10 RECOMMENDATIONS The following sections present our geotechnical recommendations for the project design and construction. If the proposed construction is changed from that discussed in this report, Ninyo & Moore should be contacted for additional recommendations.
10.1 Instrumentation and Documentation Given the presence of an adjacent settlement-sensitive underground utility lines (gas) and historic jail structure, consideration should be given to implementing documentation and instrumentation programs to evaluate design assumptions, existing conditions, and to monitor
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 7 movements, levels, and deformations during construction. The monitoring programs may include the use of seismographs, groundwater monitoring wells, inclinometers, convergence points, and an array of surface control points. The resulting data should be reviewed and evaluated during construction. These programs should be in-place or conducted prior to the start of construction.
10.1.1 Documentation of Existing Conditions We recommend that a pre-construction survey be performed prior to construction on sensitive utilities and structures within approximately 50 feet of the proposed excavation. The pre-construction survey should consist of photographic documentation of the exterior portions of the building, including distress features, such as cracks and/or separations that may be present. Consideration may be given to videotaping the survey. In addition, interviews with owners should be conducted to provide knowledge of the age and type of the building as well as maintenance history and utility problems.
10.1.2 Construction Vibrations Human experience has shown that vibrations at very low levels can be perceived and judged as being much higher than they actually are. Hendron and Oriard (1972) stated that transient vibrations from construction activities, such as pile driving, are noticeable at peak particle velocities as low as 0.02 inches to 0.06 inches per second. At peak particle velocities as low as 0.2 inches to 0.4 inches per second, the vibrations are disturbing and may result in complaints and damage claims. However, these vibration levels are below the peak particle velocity threshold considered to cause cosmetic damage to commercial/residential construction.
We recommend that vibration caused by construction activities be monitored in terms of peak particle velocity during construction. To monitor the peak particle velocity, seismographs could be positioned at the construction site and monitored at selected intervals during construction. Consideration should be given to locating one seismograph close to the construction activity, another at the nearest structure, and a third at a building farther away.
10.1.3 Ground Surface Settlement We also recommend that an array of ground survey points be installed behind the shored excavations to monitor settlement. The survey points should be monitored and evaluated daily during excavation activities to provide an advanced warning system of potential
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 8 problems. The contractor should be responsible for maintaining the total settlement to less than ½-inch. If settlements reach ¼-inch, we recommend that a review of the contractor’s methods be performed and appropriate changes be made, if needed.
Consideration should be given to placing survey monitoring points on the protected structure to monitor the performance of the structure. In this way, a record of the performance of the structure will be maintained and available.
10.2 Earthwork The following sections provide our earthwork recommendations for this project. In general, the earthwork specifications contained in the Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) Uniform Standard Specifications and Details for Public Works Construction (MAG Specifications) are expected to apply unless specifically noted.
10.2.1 Site Preparation Construction areas should be cleared of deleterious materials, if any are present, construction debris, vegetation, and any other material that might interfere with the performance or progress of the work. These materials should be disposed of at a legal dumpsite. Existing features that call for relocation or removal and extend below finish grade, if present, should be removed, and the resulting excavations backfilled with compacted engineered fill as discussed in this report.
10.2.2 Excavations Our evaluation of the excavation characteristics of the on-site soils is based on the results of our exploratory borings, site observations, and experience with similar soils. The site soils can generally be excavated or ripped using heavy-duty earthmoving or excavation equipment.
10.2.3 Temporary Slopes Sidewalls for temporary excavations should not be anticipated to stand near-vertical without sloughing. Therefore, the contractor should provide safely sloped excavations or an adequately constructed and braced shoring system, in compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, for employees working in an excavation that may expose them to the danger of moving ground. For planning purposes and according to OSHA soil classifications, a "Type C" soil should be considered for this project. This corresponds to a temporary slope inclination no steeper than 1.5:1 (horizontal to vertical
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 9 [H:V]). During excavation, soil classification and excavation performance should be evaluated in the field by Ninyo & Moore in accordance with the OSHA regulations.
The slope inclination may be increased to 1:1 (H:V) for short-term excavations not exceeding 10 feet in height. In addition, the Contractor should closely watch the weather conditions during construction to avoid having the excavation open during periods of significant rain events.
New foundations should not be constructed above buried utility lines. Existing features that call for relocation or removal and extend below finish grade should be removed and the resulting excavations backfilled with engineered fill.
10.2.4 Temporary Shoring Given the presence of existing utilities (gas line) and protected structures (historic jail structure), it may be preferable to shore the excavation than to utilize an open cut to the base of the excavations. Temporary earth retaining systems will be subject to lateral loads resulting from earth pressures. Due to the presence of granular soils, the excavation may not stand open long enough to install the shoring system. The contractor should be prepared to deal with these soil conditions and plan accordingly. Once installed, some sloughing is possible at the ends of the shoring system; therefore, any loose material should be removed prior to backfilling of the excavation.
We recommend that spoils from the excavation or other surcharge loads be not placed above the excavation within a 1:1 (H:V) plane extending up and back from the base of the excavation. If spoil piles are placed closer than this to the shored excavation, the resulting surcharge loads should be considered in the shoring design. We recommend that an experienced structural engineer design the shoring system.
10.2.5 Fill Materials and Reuse of On-site Soils On-site and imported soils that exhibit relatively low plasticity indices and very low to low expansive potential are generally suitable for re-use as engineered fill. Relatively low plasticity indices are defined as a PI value of 15, or less, as evaluated by ASTM D 4318. Very low to low expansive potential soils are defined as having an Expansion Index (evaluated in accordance with ASTM D 4829) of 50 or less.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 10 In addition, suitable fill should not include organic material, construction debris, or other non-soil fill materials. Clay lumps and rock particles should not be larger than 4 inches in dimension. This material should be disposed of off-site or in non-structural areas.
Fill materials in contact with ferrous metals should also have low corrosion potential (minimum resistivity more than 2,000 ohm-cm, chloride content less than 25 parts per million [ppm]). Fill material in contact with concrete should have a soluble sulfate content of less than 0.1 percent.
Based on laboratory test results, the on-site soils are characterized by PI values ranging from 0 (non-plastic) to 2. As such, we anticipate that many of the on-site soils will be suitable for re-use as engineered fill during construction. The Contractor should perform additional testing prior to or during construction if unanticipated soil conditions are encountered.
10.2.6 Fill Placement and Compaction Prior to the placement of engineered fill, exposed surfaces from excavations should be proof-rolled and carefully evaluated by Ninyo & Moore for the presence of soft, loose, or wet soils that were not removed as part of the improvement process. This evaluation should consist of proof-rolling, probing and visual observation of the excavation bottom. Based on this evaluation, additional remediation may be needed. This could include further scarification of the exposed surface. This additional remediation, if needed, should be addressed by the geotechnical consultant during the earthwork operations.
As stated previously, our borings disclosed near-surface fill and alluvial soils generally consisting of silty sand. Based on our field and laboratory test results, the on-site fill soils are loose and possibly compressible. Accordingly, we recommend that the maintenance building footprint be supported on a zone of moisture-conditioned and compacted engineered fill that extends 10 feet below the current grade elevation. This overexcavation zone should extend a horizontal distance of 5 feet from the edge of the maintenance building, except in the areas of existing utilities (gas line) and historic jail structure. In these areas, no horizontal extension of the overexcavation is needed.
Once the overexcavation is finished and prior to the placement of engineered fill, the bottom of the overexcavation should be scarified to a depth of 6 to 8 inches; moisture conditioned to within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content and compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent as evaluated by ASTM D 698. A layer of Geogrid BX1200 or
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 11 equivalent should be placed on the prepared excavation bottom followed by the engineered fill that is paced in thin lifts and properly compacted.
Engineered fill should be placed in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness and compacted by appropriate mechanical methods to a relative compaction of 95 percent as evaluated by ASTM D 698 at a moisture content within 2 percent of the optimum moisture.
Based on our laboratory test results, an average earthwork (shrinkage) factor of approximately 10 percent is estimated. This shrinkage factor range represents an average of the material tested and assumes that materials excavated from the site will be placed as fill. This should be taken into consideration in planning the earthwork volumes.
We recommend that proposed structures other than the maintenance building be supported on a zone of moisture-conditioned and compacted engineered fill that extends 2 feet below the current grade elevation.
In addition, we recommend that exterior concrete flatwork and pavements be constructed on a 1-foot thick zone of adequately moisture-conditioned and compacted engineered fill. This overexcavation zone should be measured from the bottom of the aggregate base (AB) layer, where present.
10.2.7 Trench Backfill Trench backfill should be mechanically compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent as evaluated by ASTM D 698 at moisture content generally near the laboratory optimum. In addition, we recommend that the upper 2 feet of the trench backfill within a roadway footprint be compacted to a relative compaction of 100 percent as evaluated by ASTM D 698 at moisture content slightly above the optimum moisture. Lift thickness for backfill will be dependent upon the type of compaction equipment utilized, but should generally be placed in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness. Special care should be exercised to avoid damaging the pipe or other structures during the compaction of the backfill. In addition, the underside (or haunches) of the buried pipe should be supported on a well- graded, compacted bedding material. This area may need placement by hand or small- scale compaction equipment.
If the utility is to be installed near or beneath the foundation of an existing structure or utility, the existing structure or utility should be supported or underpinned to reduce construction-
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 12 related damage, and, if needed, the proposed pipeline encased in concrete to accommodate imposed structural loads.
10.3 Seismic Design Considerations Design of the proposed improvements should be performed in accordance with the requirements of the governing jurisdictions and applicable building codes. Table 1 presents the seismic design parameters for the site in accordance with the 2015 International Building Code (IBC) guidelines and adjusted maximum considered earthquake (MCE) spectral response acceleration parameters evaluated using the USGS ground motion calculator (web-based).
Table 1 – 2015 International Building Code Seismic Design Criteria Site Coefficients and Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters Values
Site Class D
Site Coefficient, Fa 1.582
Site Coefficient, Fv 2.4
Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, Ss 0.272 g
Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, S1 0.079 g Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period Adjusted for Site Class, 0.430 g SMS Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period Adjusted for Site Class, 0.189 g SM1
Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, SDS 0.287 g
Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, SD1 0.126 g
10.4 Foundations Based upon our review of field exploration and laboratory test results, we are providing recommendations for spread footings and floor slabs. We understand that the foundation system used will be selected by others based on loading conditions, settlement tolerances of the structures, as well as associated costs and constructability.
10.4.1 Spread Footings Foundations should not be constructed above buried utility lines. Spread footings should be supported at a depth of 18 inches or more below finished grade, bearing on engineered fill compacted in accordance with recommendations presented in this report. Continuous footings should have a width of 16 inches or more, and isolated column footings should have a width of 24 inches or more. Footings may be designed using an allowable net bearing pressure of up to 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf) for static conditions. The
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 13 allowable soil bearing pressure may be increased by one-third when considering total loads including loads of short duration such as wind or seismic forces.
Total and differential settlement of 1-inch and 1/2-inch over a horizontal span of 40 feet, respectively, may occur. These settlement estimates are based on the estimated loading conditions, the available soil boring information, and our experience with similar soils.
Foundations bearing on engineered fill and subject to lateral loads may be designed using an ultimate coefficient of friction of 0.40 (total frictional resistance equals the coefficient of friction multiplied by the dead load).
An ultimate passive resistance value of 300 psf per foot of depth may be used up to a value of 3,000 psf. The ultimate lateral resistance can be taken as the sum of the frictional resistance and passive resistance, provided that the passive resistance does not exceed one-half of the total allowable resistance. The passive resistance may be increased by one- third when considering loads of short duration such as wind or seismic forces. The foundations should preferably be proportioned such that the resultant force from lateral loadings falls within its kern (i.e., middle one-third).
10.5 Slab-On-Grade The design of the slab-on-grade is the responsibility of the structural engineer. Placement of the reinforcement in the slab is vital for satisfactory performance. The slabs should be underlain by 4 or more inches of aggregate base material placed in general accordance of Section 310 in the MAG Specifications. The need for a moisture-retarding system and/or a below-slab vapor retarder/barrier should be evaluated by the structural engineer or architect based on the moisture sensitivity of the anticipated flooring.
The slab-on-grade should either be constructed so that it “floats” independent of the foundations or be designed to be structurally connected to the foundations. Soils underlying the slabs should be prepared in accordance with the recommendations contained in this report. Fill soils under slabs should be maintained in a moist condition until the overlying slab is constructed. Joints should be constructed at intervals designed by the structural engineer to help reduce random cracking of the slab.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 14 10.6 Concrete Flatwork To reduce the potential manifestation of distress to any concrete flatwork due to movement of the underlying soil, we recommend that such flatwork (if utilized for this project) be installed with crack-control joints at appropriate spacing as designed by the structural engineer. We recommend that concrete flatwork be supported on 8 or more inches of moisture-conditioned and compacted engineered fill as described in this report. Positive drainage should be established and maintained adjacent to flatwork. We also recommend that a flexible sealant be applied at the joints where flatwork abuts building foundations, as well as in control joints that exhibit post-construction cracking to reduce the introduction of moisture adjacent to the foundations. The flexible sealant should be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
10.7 New Pavements Asphaltic concrete pavements are anticipated for this project. Future traffic information was not available for our review. However, we anticipate that the traffic will generally consist of delivery trucks, pick-up/maintenance trucks and passenger cars.
An asphaltic pavement section consisting of 3.0 inches of AC per Section 710 of the MAG Specifications over 4 inches of AB per Section 702 in the MAG Specifications can be considered for pavement areas.
For the AC, we recommend the underlying subgrade soils be prepared as described in this report. Aggregate base material should be compacted to a relative compaction of 100 percent of the maximum dry density, as evaluated by ASTM D 698, at a moisture content generally near optimum.
10.8 Corrosion The corrosion potential of the on-site materials was analyzed to evaluate its potential effect on the foundations and structures. Corrosion potential was evaluated using the results of laboratory testing of soil samples obtained during our subsurface evaluation that were considered representative of soils at the subject site.
Laboratory testing consisted of pH, minimum electrical resistivity, and chloride and soluble sulfate contents. The pH and minimum electrical resistivity tests were performed in general accordance with Arizona Test 236c, while sulfate and chloride tests were performed in
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 15 accordance with Arizona Test 733 and 736, respectively. The results of the corrosivity tests are presented in Appendix B.
The soil pH value of the tested samples varied between 7.3 and 7.4, which is considered to be alkaline. The minimum electrical resistivity measured in the laboratory ranged between 1,615 and 2,345 ohm-cm, which is considered to be corrosive to ferrous metals. The chloride content of the sample tested varied between 41 and 420 parts per million (ppm), which is also considered to represent a corrosive environment to ferrous metals. The soluble sulfate content of the soil sample tested ranged between approximately 0.011 and 0.043 percent by weight, which is considered to represent negligible sulfate exposure for concrete.
The results of the laboratory testing indicate that the on-site materials are corrosive to ferrous materials. It is possible that soils with variable corrosivity characteristics may be encountered at the site and should be evaluated during construction. A corrosion specialist should be consulted for further recommendations.
Special consideration should be given to the use of heavy-gauge, corrosion-protected, underground steel pipe or culverts, if any are planned. As an alternative, plastic pipe or reinforced concrete pipe could be considered. To minimize corrosion of buried metallic utilities, we recommend that topsoil, organic soils, existing fill soils, and mixtures of sand and clay not be placed adjacent to buried metallic utilities. Rather, we suggest that sand or gravel be placed around buried metal piping. Also, buried utilities of different metallic construction or operating temperatures should be electrically isolated from each other to minimize galvanic corrosion problems. In addition, new piping should be electrically isolated from old piping, if any, so that the old metal will not increase the corrosion rate of the new metal. A corrosion specialist should be consulted for further recommendations.
10.9 Concrete Laboratory chemical tests performed on selected samples of on-site soils indicated sulfate contents ranging from approximately 0.011 to 0.043 percent by weight. Based on American Concrete Institute (ACI), the on-site soils should be considered to represent negligible sulfate exposure to concrete.
We recommend the use of Type II cement for construction of concrete structures at this site. Due to potential uncertainties as to the use of reclaimed irrigation water, or topsoil that may contain higher sulfate contents, pozzolan or admixtures designed to increase sulfate resistance may be considered.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 16 The concrete should have a water-cementitious materials ratio of no more than 0.50 by weight for normal weight aggregate concrete. The structural engineer should select the concrete design strength based on the project specific loading conditions. Higher strength concrete may be selected for increased durability and resistance to slab curling and shrinkage cracking.
We recommend that concrete cover over reinforcing steel for foundations be in accordance with the recommendations of the structural engineer. The structural engineer should be consulted for additional concrete specifications.
10.10 Site Drainage Surface drainage should be provided to divert water away from the structures and off of paved surfaces. Surface water should not be permitted to drain toward the structures or to pond adjacent to footings or on flatwork or pavement areas. Positive drainage for this project is defined as a slope of 2 or more percent for a distance of 5 or more feet away from the structures. Roof gutters should be installed on structures. Downspouts should discharge to drainage systems away from structures, pavements, and flatwork.
Further drainage recommendations include the following: Roof drain downspouts should be tight-lined to an appropriate outlet such as a storm drain or the street. If tight-lining of the roof drains is not practicable, they should discharge approximately 5 feet away from the structure or onto flatwork (with flexible sealant in its joints), which slopes away from the structure. Roof drains should not be allowed to discharge onto the ground surface near the building foundations.
If planters are constructed adjacent to the building, we recommend that these planters be waterproofed and equipped with drains tight-lined to an appropriate drainage outlet.
We recommend that low-water-use (desert-type) landscaping be utilized on site, particularly within 5 feet of the building and hardscaped areas.
Beneath the perimeter of any structure, utility trenches should be backfilled with either compacted non-pervious fill material (pea gravel or clean sand backfill should be avoided in these areas) or lean concrete to reduce water infiltration into the interior of the building. Special care should be taken during installation of sub-floor water and sewer lines to reduce the possibility of leaks.
10.11 Pre-Construction Conference We recommend that a pre-construction conference be held. Representatives of the owner, the civil engineer, Ninyo & Moore, and the contractor should be in attendance to discuss the project
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 17 plans and schedule. Our office should be notified if the project description included herein is incorrect or if the project characteristics are significantly changed.
10.12 Construction Observation and Testing During construction operations, we recommend that Ninyo & Moore perform observation and testing services for the project. These services should be performed to evaluate exposed subgrade conditions, including the extent and depth of overexcavation, to evaluate the suitability of proposed borrow materials for use as fill and to observe placement and test compaction of fill soils. Qualified subcontractors utilizing appropriate techniques and construction materials should perform construction of the proposed improvements.
11 LIMITATIONS The field evaluation, laboratory testing, and geotechnical analyses presented in this geotechnical report have been conducted in general accordance with current practice and the standard of care exercised by geotechnical consultants performing similar tasks in the project area. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made regarding the conclusions, recommendations, and opinions presented in this report. There is no evaluation detailed enough to reveal every subsurface condition. Variations may exist and conditions not observed or described in this report may be encountered during construction. Uncertainties relative to subsurface conditions can be reduced through additional subsurface exploration. Additional subsurface evaluation will be performed upon request. Please also note that our evaluation was limited to assessment of the geotechnical aspects of the project, and did not include evaluation of structural issues, environmental concerns, or the presence of hazardous materials.
This document is intended to be used only in its entirety. No portion of the document, by itself, is designed to completely represent any aspect of the project described herein. Ninyo & Moore should be contacted if the reader requires additional information or has questions regarding the content, interpretations presented, or completeness of this document.
This report is intended for design purposes only. It does not provide sufficient data to prepare an accurate bid by contractors. It is suggested that the bidders and their geotechnical consultant perform an independent evaluation of the subsurface conditions in the project areas. The independent evaluations may include, but not be limited to, review of other geotechnical reports prepared for the adjacent areas, site reconnaissance, and additional exploration and laboratory testing.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 18 Our conclusions, recommendations, and opinions are based on an analysis of the observed site conditions. If geotechnical conditions different from those described in this report are encountered, our office should be notified and additional recommendations, if warranted, will be provided upon request. It should be understood that the conditions of a site could change with time as a result of natural processes or the activities of man at the subject site or nearby sites. In addition, changes to the applicable laws, regulations, codes, and standards of practice may occur due to government action or the broadening of knowledge. The findings of this report may, therefore, be invalidated over time, in part or in whole, by changes over which Ninyo & Moore has no control.
This report is intended exclusively for use by the client. Any use or reuse of the findings, conclusions, and/or recommendations of this report by parties other than the client is undertaken at said parties’ sole risk.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 19 12 REFERENCES
Arizona Geological Survey Digital Geologic Map 34, 2009, Geologic Map of the Benson 7½' Quadrangle, Cochise County, Arizona, dated April. Arizona Geological Survey, 2017, Earth Fissure Viewer, World Wide Web, http://services.azgs.az.gov/OnlineMaps/EarthFissureViewer/. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Arizona Department of Water Resources, Well Registry Application, https://gisweb.azwater.gov/waterresourcedata/. BWS Architects, 2018, Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Schematic Design, dated January 4. Euge, K.M., Schell, B.A., and Lam, I.P., 1992, Development of Seismic Acceleration Contour Maps for Arizona: Arizona Department of Transportation Report No. AZ 92-344: dated September. Google, Inc., Google Earth™ mapping service, http://earth.google.com. Hendron, A.J., and Oriard, L.L., 1972, Specifications for Controlled Blasting in Civil Engineering Projects: Proceedings of Rapid Excavation and Tunneling Conference, Chicago. International Code Council, 2015, International Building Code. Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) Uniform Standard Specifications and Details for Public Works Construction Nationwide Environmental Title Research (NETR), LLC, Historic Aerials by NETR Online, http://historicaerials.com/. Ninyo & Moore, In-house proprietary information. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part No. 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Subpart P – Excavations. Pearthree, P.A., 1998, Quaternary Fault Data and Map for Arizona: Arizona Geological Survey, Open-File Report 98-24. Schumann, H.H. and Genualdi, R., 1986. Land Subsidence, Earth Fissures, and Water-level Changes in Southern Arizona: Arizona Geological Survey OFT 86-14. 1:500,000. Spencer, J.E., Richard, S.M., and Ferguson, C.A., 2000, Compilation Geologic Map of the Oracle 7 ½‘ Quadrangle, Pinal an Pima Counties, Arizona, Arizona Geological Survey Open-File Report 00-05, dated September. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Web Soil Survey, http://websoilsurvey.sc.egov.usda.gov/App/HomePage.htm.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 20 AppendixFIGURES A
Photographic Documentation
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 D SITE W ORACL ERANCH R 77 «¬ 440 AZ-77 0 BLVD 4400 APPROXIMATE T u
SITE LOCATION c
s
o
N N n
N ROCKCLIFF W AM W ERI IO CA N T N SITE AVE a A T C s S A F h N E L BI L INT DR PO N R E W C U AMINO S ET V E C S C N O A N N U O G E T APPROXIMATE L O CALL E FUTURA S L L E L O
N N AC SITE LOCATION n¦ EG D R C W E L PASEO SUNSET AVE M E O W A I D
APPROXIMATE W A N N
R R
SITE BOUNDARY P A
A N
S WA APPROXIMATE C E O UR E H
O SITE BOUNDARY R R D SITE E DONDO C IR LOCATION 4600 n¦ E SITE Oracle AME E N APPROXIMATE RICA NAV LOCATION _PO N SITE LOCATION APPROXIMATE D N Alto T R T LEMMO E M W E NRD
SITE LOCATION W S
O E Hill L
LOC K O'C B
MO HI ¦ O O n N L
L R N
D W LA MARIPOSA 4600
J
R N R D W O W R H 4400 O E N W B N N L ILLS UES N A A E K H D TRO V D A R D CO L S W O 460 R
I N S A E T 0 N D U N M Y APPROXIMATE T ST T C S O E S L SITE LOCATION D T O D A O R R N P EST IL L R N TIMBERLINE DR DR I R O D D IN G C E 4600 EN ASEO D E P R
CORONADO NATIONA L FOREST 4800
h
s
4 a 4
W 8
7 n
o
s c
4600 u T
4400 5000
MAIN STREET MAIN STREET 5000
52 32ND AVENUE 32ND AVENUE tW 00 rgare ash Ma MAIN STREET MAIN STREET 4400 Oracle Hill 00 7 BASELINE ROAD BASELINE ROAD 46 3 6 ...... SCOTTSDALE ROAD RED MOUNTAIN FREEWAY RED MOUNTAIN FREEWAY SCOTTSDALE ROAD 4800 •
. . .
.. Dod. ...ge
. .
. ... 4600 Tank. CORONADO NATIONAL FOREST
N 0 2000 Source: USs Geologicalh Survey 7.5-minute topographic map, Oracle, Arizona, 2014. Approximate Scale in Feet Note: Dimensions, directions and locations are approximate. FIGURE 1 SITE LOCATION
ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA Geotechnical & Environmental Sciences Consultants 605626001 | 2/18 bsm file no: 5626vmap0118
Source: Key Maps, Inc.,Houston Metro Edition, 2009. Source: Phoenix Mapping Company, Phoenix Metro Edition, 2012. Source: Phoenix Mapping Company, Tucson Metro Edition, 2010. Source: MacVan, Denver Metro Edition, 2010. Source: Phoenix Mapping Company, Yavapai CountyEdition, 2010. Source: Phoenix Mapping Company, Pinal County Edition, 2010. Source: US Geological Survey 7.5-minute topographic map, Douglas, Arizona, rev. 1978. Source: Phoenix Mapping Company, Pima County Edition, 2010.
Source: The Thomas Guide, Phoenix Metro Edition, 2011. Source: The Thomas Guide, Tucson Metro Edition, 2009. Source: The Thomas Guide, Arizona State Edition, 2009. 6 71.3 G
.7 .7 70 7 DIRT .9 4 6 4 X 6 . 6. 2 6 67 6 X .0 LEGEND . .0 .8 7 7 .2 67 .5 6 X 6 6 68 67 6X 2 .1 7. X 70 X 6 X G X X
W O
H P B-4 Boring Location .5 67 4 4 7. .3 4 0 0 6 7
X 3 6 6 7 9. 8. 0 6 6 G P P 67 PHALT .5 .0 8 .1 K PILE 4 1 6 8 .4 .5 B-1 6 8 8 0 O 8 6 6 8. 6 P P 6 8 H 4 7 7. 4 1 6 .1 P
. 8 X 0 6 ASPHALT
G 4468 W
4 .6 .0 65 8 9 4 9. 6 6 5 7 8. 6 .2 6 2 C .6 69 4 68 8. .1 7 6 .5 .8 3 .0 8. 68 9 7 1 9 6 6 0. 6 7 G
69.0 69.0 CONCRETE
O X 5 H 64 6 . . 0 .1 P 9 9 5 . 0 6 6 2 . .8 70 7 C C 4 . 9 9.5 9 . 69 6 6 6 ASPHALT 69 W G 9.5 7 6 0. 70 7 44 DIRT 2 7 .5
X . . 0 75 70 7 O .5 6 H 70 .8 . P 0 0 G
OHP 7 7 .7 70 1 3 8 . 0. 0. 70 7 7 71.0 4470 X W
G O 8 .9 H 8 0 . 70. 7 P G 66 OHP 71.5 5 .3 71 7 67. 0.5 5 .3 0 4 1 1. . X 7 7 71 68. 5 9 . 4. 7 G 69 .1 0 1 5 2 .2 7 71. 1. 7 2 .6 7 4 7 71 4 X
80 OHP OHP 2. 71.0 2 7 W .1 C 73 C P OH 72.5 H P O G OHP .9 2 04 71.5
7 X .8 3. 3 2 7 X 7 4 . 7 C . 72 OH 74 72. 7 P .0 .0 73 73 OHP C 7 O 9 G N HP 2. P 7 H .3 C 9 O . 6 7 73.5 08 9 2.0 O . 2. ASPHALT J HP 73 7 C .3 U W 73 X X .7 S OH 73 P T 7 424 .6 .4 8 . 7 W I 5 3. 3 . 74 4 G O 7 7 7 73 C 72.5 HP 4.5 E
7 OHP 75.0 D
GATE W 6
X O . 73 RI H 2 75.5 4. P 7 73.0 VE G .8 B-2 74 W 8 4. 6 7 4. .1 .5 7 75 7 70 3. X 5
O
G H
P
.7 75 4 7 4 7 7 . 4 5 0 8. 5 7 .6 75 C 6 G 5. 7 W
7 O
8 5 H 5. .
P 7 0
X 74 .5 B-2 .0 9 2 7 3. 7 G CONCRETE .5 9 2 7 0.
O 8
H
P 7 X B-3 5 .0 ASPHALT .5 0
8 W 6 G .8 75 .8 C 75 .3 GRAVEL 75 6 6. 75 5 . 7 .5 1
8 X
OH .5 G P B-4 75 .8 7 5 5 . .7 7 . 7 9 5 . 6. 7 76 2 .1 75 7 4 8 .5 75 6 47 7 .5 .8 7 4 6 7 .1 6 6. 7 5 7 .9 7 . 7 6 8 75 7 5. .6 OH .7 .3 7 75 X P 76 6 .2 7 W .9 77 .1 5 3 7 G 8 5 7. .0 7 7 5 PI 6 .6 7 SEHM .5 76 O O HP .5 .9 .5 7 RS X 6 8 2 1 . TRAILE 7 6. 8 8 77 7 0 6 7. . 7 .2 76 7 .6 77 7 9 76 .0 6. O 7 H P G P H O .6 .3 75 77 .6 80 X
N X 0 .9 4 6. 5 4 . 3 7 7 8 5 6 . 8 7 6 7 7 47 7 X 8 7 7 3 8 4 7 8 4 . X . . W 2 0 7 5 . 8 4 9 7 7 5 5 . 1 8 8 76.5 X 7. 7 5 .0 .5 77.0 7 .0 0 X X X 3 . G X 478 .9 77 4 77 5 8. 7 .2 78 5 77 4 NOT TO SCALE Source: BSW Architects Note: Dimensions, directions and locations are approximate. FIGURE 2 BORING LOCATIONS
ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA Geotechnical & Environmental Sciences Consultants bsm file no: 5626blm0118 605626001 | 2/18
Source: NAVTEQ, 07/07/17.
605626001 | 2/18 Source: Pictometry, 07/07/17. 3. Description 3. Description 3. Description
APPENDIX A
Boring Logs
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 APPENDIX A
BORING LOGS
Field Procedure for the Collection of Disturbed Samples Disturbed soil samples were obtained in the field using the following methods.
Bulk Samples Bulk samples of representative earth materials were obtained from the exploratory borings. The samples were bagged and transported to the laboratory for testing.
The Standard Penetration Test (SPT) Sampler Disturbed drive samples of earth materials were obtained by means of a Standard Penetration Test sampler. The sampler is composed of a split barrel with an external diameter of 2 inches and an unlined internal diameter of 1-3/8 inches. The sampler was driven into the ground 12 to 18 inches with a 140-pound hammer falling freely from a height of 30 inches in general accordance with ASTM D 1586. The blow counts were recorded for every 6 inches of penetration; the blow counts reported on the logs are those for the last 12 inches of penetration. Soil samples were observed and removed from the sampler, bagged, sealed and transported to the laboratory for testing.
Field Procedure for the Collection of Relatively Undisturbed Samples Relatively undisturbed soil samples were obtained in the field using the following methods.
The Modified Split-Barrel Drive Sampler The sampler, with an external diameter of 3.0 inches, was lined with 1-inch long, thin brass rings with inside diameters of approximately 2.4 inches. The sample barrel was driven into the ground with the weight of a hammer or the Kelly bar of the drill rig in general accordance with ASTM D 3550. The driving weight was permitted to fall freely. The approximate length of the fall, the weight of the hammer or bar, and the number of blows per foot of driving are presented on the boring logs as an index to the relative resistance of the materials sampled. The samples were removed from the sample barrel in the brass rings, sealed, and transported to the laboratory for testing.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018 6RLO&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ&KDUW3HU ASTM D 2488 *UDLQ6L]H 6HFRQGDU\'LYLVLRQV 6LHYH $SSUR[LPDWH 3ULPDU\'LYLVLRQV 'HVFULSWLRQ *UDLQ6L]H *URXS6\PERO *URXS1DPH 6L]H 6L]H
GW well-graded GRAVEL Larger than CLEAN GRAVEL Boulders > 12” > 12” OHVVWKDQ¿QHV basketball-sized GP poorly graded GRAVEL
Fist-sized to GW-GM well-graded GRAVEL with silt Cobbles 3 - 12” 3 - 12” GRAVEL basketball-sized GRAVEL with more than GP-GM poorly graded GRAVEL with silt DUAL 50% of CLASSIFICATIONS Thumb-sized to coarse GW-GC well-graded GRAVEL with clay Coarse 3/4 - 3” 3/4 - 3” WR¿QHV ¿VWVL]HG fraction retained on GP-GC poorly graded GRAVEL with Gravel No. 4 sieve Pea-sized to Fine #4 - 3/4” 0.19 - 0.75” GM silty GRAVEL thumb-sized GRAVEL with COARSE- FINES GC clayey GRAVEL *5$,1(' more than Rock-salt-sized to ¿QHV Coarse #10 - #4 0.079 - 0.19” SOILS GC-GM silty, clayey GRAVEL pea-sized more than 50% retained SW well-graded SAND Sugar-sized to CLEAN SAND Sand Medium #40 - #10 0.017 - 0.079” on No. 200 OHVVWKDQ¿QHV rock-salt-sized SP poorly graded SAND sieve 0.0029 - Flour-sized to SW-SM well-graded SAND with silt Fine #200 - #40 0.017” sugar-sized 6$1' SAND with SP-SM poorly graded SAND with silt 50% or more DUAL of coarse CLASSIFICATIONS Passing Flour-sized and SW-SC well-graded SAND with clay Fines < 0.0029” fraction WR¿QHV #200 smaller passes SP-SC poorly graded SAND with clay No. 4 sieve SM silty SAND 3ODVWLFLW\&KDUW SAND with FINES more than SC clayey SAND ¿QHV SC-SM silty, clayey SAND 70
CL lean CLAY 60
INORGANIC ML SILT 6,/7DQG 50 CLAY &+RU2+ CL-ML silty CLAY liquid limit 40 less than 50% ),1( OL (PI > 4) organic CLAY 30 ORGANIC *5$,1(' &/RU2/ 0+RU2+ OL (PI < 4) organic SILT SOILS 20 50% or CH fat CLAY more passes INORGANIC 10 6,/7DQG 3/$67,&,7<,1'(; 3, 7 No. 200 sieve MH elastic SILT CL - ML 0/RU2/ CLAY 4 0 liquid limit OH (plots on or organic CLAY 01020 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 50% or more above “A”-line) ORGANIC OH (plots /,48,'/,0,7 // organic SILT below “A”-line) Highly Organic Soils PT Peat
$SSDUHQW'HQVLW\&RDUVH*UDLQHG6RLO &RQVLVWHQF\)LQH*UDLQHG6RLO 6SRROLQJ&DEOHRU&DWKHDG $XWRPDWLF7ULS+DPPHU 6SRROLQJ&DEOHRU&DWKHDG $XWRPDWLF7ULS+DPPHU $SSDUHQW 0RGL¿HG 0RGL¿HG 0RGL¿HG 0RGL¿HG 637 637 &RQVLV- 637 637 'HQVLW\ 6SOLW%DUUHO 6SOLW%DUUHO 6SOLW%DUUHO 6SOLW%DUUHO (EORZVIRRW (EORZVIRRW WHQF\ (EORZVIRRW (EORZVIRRW (EORZVIRRW (EORZVIRRW (EORZVIRRW (EORZVIRRW Very Loose < 4 < 8 < 3 < 5 Very Soft < 2 < 3 < 1 < 2
Loose 5 - 10 9 - 21 4 - 7 6 - 14 Soft 2 - 4 3 - 5 1 - 3 2 - 3 Medium Firm 5 - 8 6 - 10 4 - 5 4 - 6 11 - 30 22 - 63 8 - 20 15 - 42 Dense 6WLႇ 9 - 15 11 - 20 6 - 10 7 - 13 Dense 31 - 50 64 - 105 21 - 33 43 - 70 9HU\6WLႇ 16 - 30 21 - 39 11 - 20 14 - 26 Very Dense > 50 > 105 > 33 > 70 Hard > 30 > 39 > 20 > 26
86&60(7+2'2)62,/&/$66,),&$7,21 SAMPLES BORING LOG EXPLANATION SHEET U.S.C.S. SYMBOL DEPTH (feet) BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) %XONVDPSOH
0RGLILHGVSOLWEDUUHOGULYHVDPSOHU
1RUHFRYHU\ZLWKPRGLILHGVSOLWEDUUHOGULYHVDPSOHU
6DPSOHUHWDLQHGE\RWKHUV
6WDQGDUG3HQHWUDWLRQ7HVW 637
1RUHFRYHU\ZLWKD637
;;;; 6KHOE\WXEHVDPSOH'LVWDQFHSXVKHGLQLQFKHVOHQJWKRIVDPSOHUHFRYHUHGLQLQFKHV
1RUHFRYHU\ZLWK6KHOE\WXEHVDPSOHU
&RQWLQXRXV3XVK6DPSOH
6HHSDJH
*URXQGZDWHUHQFRXQWHUHGGXULQJGULOOLQJ *URXQGZDWHUPHDVXUHGDIWHUGULOOLQJ
SM 0$-250$7(5,$/7<3( 62,/ 6ROLGOLQHGHQRWHVXQLWFKDQJH CL 'DVKHGOLQHGHQRWHVPDWHULDOFKDQJH
$WWLWXGHV 6WULNH'LS E %HGGLQJ F &RQWDFW M -RLQW I )UDFWXUH ) )DXOW FV &OD\6HDP V 6KHDU EVV %DVDO6OLGH6XUIDFH VI 6KHDU)UDFWXUH V] 6KHDU=RQH VEV 6KHDU%HGGLQJ6XUIDFH
7KHWRWDOGHSWKOLQHLVDVROLGOLQHWKDWLVGUDZQDWWKHERWWRPRIWKHERULQJ 20
BORING LOG DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-1
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,469' (MSL) SHEET 1 OF 2
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 0 SM ALLUVIUM: Brown, moist, dense, silty SAND; few gravel.
22
86 Very dense.
5
SP-SM Light gray, moist, very dense, SAND with silt; with gravel.
50/5"
50/5" Brownish grey.
10
50/3"
15
50/5"
20 FIGURE A -1 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-1
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,469' (MSL) SHEET 2 OF 2
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 20 Total Depth = 20 feet. Groundwater not encountered during drilling. Backfilled on 1/24/18 shortly after completion of drilling.
Notes: Groundwater, though not encountered at the time of drilling, may rise to a higher level due to seasonal variations in precipitation and several other factors as discussed in the report.
The ground elevation shown above is an estimation only. It is based on our interpretations of published maps and other documents reviewed for the purposes of this evaluation. It is not sufficiently accurate for preparing construction bids and design documents.
25
30
35
40 FIGURE A -2 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-2
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,475' (MSL) SHEET 1 OF 2
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 0 SM FILL: Dark brown, moist, loose, silty SAND; few gravel.
14 4.2 110.3
4
5
12 4.3 114.0
4
10
13 3.0 114.8 Loose.
15
SC ALLUVIUM: Light brown, moist, very dense, clayey SAND.
50/4"
20 FIGURE A-3 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-2
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,475' (MSL) SHEET 2 OF 2
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 20 SC ALLUVIUM: (Continued) Light brown, moist, very dense, clayey SAND.
50/3" Total Depth = 23.8 feet. Groundwater not encountered during drilling. Backfilled on 1/24/18 shortly after completion of drilling.
25 Notes: Groundwater, though not encountered at the time of drilling, may rise to a higher level due to seasonal variations in precipitation and several other factors as discussed in the report.
The ground elevation shown above is an estimation only. It is based on our interpretations of published maps and other documents reviewed for the purposes of this evaluation. It is not sufficiently accurate for preparing construction bids and design documents.
30
35
40 FIGURE A-4 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-3
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,476' (MSL) SHEET 1 OF 2
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 0 SM FILL: Dark brown, moist, loose, silty SAND; few gravel.
6
10 2.7 119.1
5
5
11 7.2 104.5
10
9 Medium dense.
15
SC ALLUVIUM: Dark brown, moist, medium dense, clayey SAND.
16
20 FIGURE A-5 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-3
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,476' (MSL) SHEET 2 OF 2
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 20 Total Depth = 20 feet. Groundwater not encountered during drilling. Backfilled on 1/24/18 shortly after completion of drilling.
Notes: Groundwater, though not encountered at the time of drilling, may rise to a higher level due to seasonal variations in precipitation and several other factors as discussed in the report.
The ground elevation shown above is an estimation only. It is based on our interpretations of published maps and other documents reviewed for the purposes of this evaluation. It is not sufficiently accurate for preparing construction bids and design documents.
25
30
35
40 FIGURE A-6 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 DATE DRILLED 1/24/18 BORING NO. B-4
SAMPLES GROUND ELEVATION 4,476' (MSL) SHEET 1 OF 1
METHOD OF DRILLING CME-75 8" Diameter Hollow-Stem Auger (Southlands) U.S.C.S. SYMBOL
DEPTH (feet) DRIVE WEIGHT 140lbs (Automatic) DROP 30" BLOWS/FOOT MOISTURE (%) Bulk CLASSIFICATION Driven DRY DENSITY (PCF) DENSITY DRY SAMPLED BY NAG LOGGED BY NAG REVIEWED BY SDN DESCRIPTION/INTERPRETATION 0 SM ALLUVIUM: Dark brown, moist, medium dense, silty SAND; trace gravel.
15 6.6 102.7
6 Loose.
5
12
11 Medium dense, few gravel.
10 Total Depth = 10 feet. Groundwater not encountered during drilling. Backfilled on 1/24/18 shortly after completion of drilling.
Notes: Groundwater, though not encountered at the time of drilling, may rise to a higher level due to seasonal variations in precipitation and several other factors as discussed in the report.
The ground elevation shown above is an estimation only. It is based on our interpretations of published maps and other documents reviewed for the purposes of this evaluation. It is not sufficiently accurate for preparing construction bids and design documents.
15
20 FIGURE A-7 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA 605626001 | 2/18 APPENDIX B
Laboratory Testing
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018
APPENDIX B
LABORATORY TESTING
Classification Soils were visually and texturally classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) in general accordance with ASTM D 2488. Soil classifications are indicated on the logs of the exploratory borings in Appendix A.
In-Place Moisture and Density Tests The moisture content and dry density of relatively undisturbed samples obtained from the exploratory borings were evaluated in general accordance with ASTM D 2937. The test results are presented on the logs of the exploratory borings in Appendix A.
Gradation Analysis Gradation analysis tests were performed on selected representative soil samples in general accordance with ASTM D 422. The grain-size distribution curves are shown on Figures B-1 through B-4. These test results were utilized in evaluating the soil classifications in accordance with the USCS.
Atterberg Limits Tests were performed on selected representative fine-grained soil samples to evaluate the liquid limit, plastic limit, and plasticity index in general accordance with ASTM D 4318. These test results were utilized to evaluate the soil classification in accordance with the USCS. The test results and classifications are shown on Figure B-5.
Proctor Density and Optimum Moisture Content Test The maximum dry density and optimum moisture content of composite soil sample was evaluated using the Standard Proctor method in general accordance with ASTM D 698. The test results are summarized on Figures B-6.
Soil Corrosivity Tests Soil pH, and resistivity tests were performed on a representative sample in general accordance with Arizona Test Method 236c. The soluble sulfate and chloride content of the sample were evaluated in general accordance with Arizona Test Method 733 and Arizona Test Method 736, respectively. The test results are presented on Figure B-7.
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018
GRAVEL SAND FINES Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine SILT CLAY
U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER 3" 2" -1/2" 13/4" 3/8" 4 10 16 30 50 100 200 100.0
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0 PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
20.0
10.0
0.0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample Depth Liquid Plastic Plasticity Passing Symbol D D D C C USCS Location (ft) Limit Limit Index 10 30 60 u c No. 200 (percent)
B-1 0.0 - 5.0 -- -- NP -- 0.327 1.46 -- -- 15.0 SM
PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C136 / D422 FIGURE 1 GRADATION TEST RESULTS ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY ORACLE ARIZONA 605626001 02/18 GRAVEL SAND FINES Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine SILT CLAY
U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER 3" 2" -1/2" 13/4" 3/8" 4 10 16 30 50 100 200 100.0
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0 PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
20.0
10.0
0.0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample Depth Liquid Plastic Plasticity Passing Symbol D D D C C USCS Location (ft) Limit Limit Index 10 30 60 u c No. 200 (percent)
B-2 0.0 - 5.0 22 20 2 -- 0.241 1.63 -- -- 17.0 SM
PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C136 / D422 FIGURE 0 GRADATION TEST RESULTS ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY ORACLE ARIZONA 605626001 2/18 GRAVEL SAND FINES Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine SILT CLAY
U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER 3" 2" -1/2" 13/4" 3/8" 4 10 16 30 50 100 200 100.0
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0 PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
20.0
10.0
0.0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample Depth Liquid Plastic Plasticity Passing Symbol D D D C C USCS Location (ft) Limit Limit Index 10 30 60 u c No. 200 (percent)
B-3 0.0 - 5.0 -- -- NP -- 0.235 1.19 -- -- 16.0 SM
PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C136 / D422 FIGURE 0 GRADATION TEST RESULTS ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY ORACLE ARIZONA 605626001 2/18 GRAVEL SAND FINES Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine SILT CLAY
U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER 3" 2" -1/2" 13/4" 3/8" 4 10 16 30 50 100 200 100.0
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0 PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
20.0
10.0
0.0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample Depth Liquid Plastic Plasticity Passing Symbol D D D C C USCS Location (ft) Limit Limit Index 10 30 60 u c No. 200 (percent)
B-4 1.0 - 2.5 -- -- NP -- -- 0.55 -- -- 36.0 SM
PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C136 / D422 FIGURE B-4 GRADATION TEST RESULTS ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY ORACLE ARIZONA 605626001 2/18 USCS LIQUID PLASTIC PLASTICITY CLASSIFICATION SYMBOL LOCATION DEPTH (ft) USCS LIMIT LIMIT INDEX (Fraction Finer Than No. 40 Sieve)
B-1 0.0 - 5.0 -- -- NP ML SM
B-2 0.0 - 5.0 22 20 2 ML SM
B-3 0.0 - 5.0 -- -- NP ML SM
B-4 1.0 - 2.5 -- -- NP ML SM
NP - INDICATES NON-PLASTIC
60
50 CH or OH
40
30
20 CL or OL MH or OH PLASTICITY INDEX, PI PLASTICITY
10 ML or OL CL - ML
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
LIQUID LIMIT, LL
PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 4318 FIGURE B-5 ATTERBERG TEST RESULTS ORACLE MAINTEANCE FACILITY ORACLE ARIZONA 605626001 2/18 140.0
Zero Air Void Line (Specific Gravity = 2.7) 135.0
130.0
125.0 ##
##
120.0
DRYDENSITY (PCF) 115.0
110.0
105.0
100.0 0 5 10 15 20 25
MOISTURE CONTENT (%)
Maximum Dry Optimum Moisture Sample Depth Soil Description Density Content Location (ft) (pcf) (percent)
B-2 & B-3 BLEND 0.0-5.0 Silty Sand 129.0 9.5
Dry Density and Moisture Content Values Corrected for Oversize (ASTM D 4718) 135.5 7.5
PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 698 METHOD A B C FIGURE B-6 MAXIMUM DENSITY RESULTS ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY ORACLE, ARIZONA 605626001 2/18
MAXDENSITY (b2&b-3) CHLORIDE SAMPLE SAMPLE DEPTH RESISTIVITY 1 SULFATE CONTENT 2 pH 1 CONTENT 3 LOCATION (ft) (Ohm-cm) (ppm) (%) (ppm)
B-1 0.0 - 5.0 7.4 1,615 110 0.011 41
B-2 0.0 - 5.0 7.3 2,345 430 0.043 420
1 PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ARIZONA TEST METHOD 236c 2 PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ARIZONA TEST METHOD 733 3 PERFORMED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ARIZONA TEST METHOD 736
FIGURE B-7 CORROSIVITY TEST RESULTS ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY ORACLE, ARIZONA 605626001 2/18
1991 East Ajo Way, Suite 145 | Tucson, Arizona 85713 | p. 520.577.7600
SAN DIEGO | IRVINE | LOS ANGELES | FONTANA | OAKLAND | SAN FRANCISCO | SACRAMENTO | SAN JOSE
PHOENIX | TUCSON | PRESCOTT | LAS VEGAS | DENVER | BROOMFIELD | HOUSTON | SALT LAKE CITY
www.ninyoandmoore.com
Ninyo & Moore | Oracle Maintenance Facility, Pinal County, Arizona | 605626001 R | February 16, 2018
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 313116 - TERMITE CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following for termite control: Soil treatment for structural concrete on grade.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EPA: Environmental Protection Agency.
B. PCO: Pest control operator.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Treatments and application instructions, including EPA-Registered Label.
B. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of termite control products certifying that treatments furnished comply with requirements.
C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
D. Soil Treatment Application Report: After application of termiticide is completed, submit report for Owner's record information, including the following as applicable:
1. Date and time of application. 2. Brand name and manufacturer of termiticide. 3. Quantity of undiluted termiticide used. 4. Dilutions, methods, volumes, and rates of application used. 5. Areas of application. 6. Water source for application.
E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: A PCO who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced and has completed termite control treatment similar to that indicated for this Project and whose work has a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides, and label with a Federal registration number, to comply with EPA regulations and authorities having jurisdiction.
TERMITE CONTROL 313116 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: To ensure penetration, do not treat soil that is water saturated or frozen. Do not treat soil while precipitation is occurring. Comply with EPA-Registered Label requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate soil treatment application with excavating, filling, and grading and concreting operations. Treat soil under footings, grade beams, and ground-supported slabs, before construction.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, signed by applicator and Contractor certifying that termite control work, consisting of applied soil termiticide treatment, will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity or damage is discovered during warranty period, re-treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation.
Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL TREATMENT
A. Termiticide: Provide an EPA-registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, in a soluble or emulsible, concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent, and formulated to prevent termite infestation. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product's EPA-Registered Label.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for moisture content of the soil, interfaces with earthwork, slab and foundation work, landscaping, and other conditions affecting performance of termite control. Proceed with application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and with manufacturer's written instructions for preparing substrate. Remove all extraneous sources of wood
TERMITE CONTROL 313116 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
cellulose and other edible materials such as wood debris, tree stumps and roots, stakes, formwork, and construction waste wood from soil and around foundations.
B. Soil Treatment Preparation: Remove foreign matter and impermeable soil materials that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and footings. Termiticides may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if recommended by termiticide manufacturer.
C. Fit filling hose connected to water source at the site with a backflow preventer, complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3.3 APPLICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and with manufacturer's EPA-Registered Label for products.
3.4 APPLYING SOIL TREATMENT
A. Application: Mix soil treatment termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum specified concentration of termiticide, according to manufacturer's EPA-Registered Label, to the following so that a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone is established around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment evenly.
1. Slabs-on-Grade: Under ground-supported slab construction, including footings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are placed.
2. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior column footers and piers; and along entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings.
3. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated.
B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry.
C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground- supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA-Registered Label instructions.
D. Post warning signs in areas of application.
E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, grading, landscaping, or other construction activities following application.
END OF SECTION 313116
TERMITE CONTROL 313116 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 321216 - HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. All site work shall be in accordance with Standard Specifications and Details shown and referenced.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes provisions for hot-mixed asphalt paving or chip-sealing over prepared subbase.
1. Work also includes concrete wheel stops and striping as indicated.
B. Prepared subbase is specified in Section 312000 – Earthwork. Proof rolling of prepared subbase is included in this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Mix Design Proposal
1. The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped/certified by and prepared under the direct supervision of a professional civil engineer of a certified testing laboratory experienced in the development of mix designs and mix design testing.
2. The mix design proposal shall contain as a minimum:
a. The name and address of the testing organization and the person responsible for the mix design testing.
b. The specific location(s) of the source(s) of mineral aggregate.
c. The supplier, refinery, and type of asphalt cement, and the source and type of mineral admixture, if appropriate, and the percentage of each to be used.
d. The mineral aggregate gradation in each stockpile.
e. Mix design gradation.
f. The results of all testing, determinations, etc., such as: specific gravity of each component, water absorption, sand equivalent, loss of abrasion, crushed faces, immersion compression results (Index of Retained Strength, wet and dry strengths), Marshall stability and flow, asphalt absorption, percent air voids, voids in mineral aggregate, and bulk density. Historical abrasion values may be supplied on existing sources.
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1.4 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Apply tack coats when ambient temperature is above 50 deg F and when temperature has not been below 35 deg F for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture.
B. Place hot-mixed asphalt surface course when atmospheric temperature is above 40 deg F and when base is dry. Base course may be placed when air temperature is above 40 deg F and rising.
C. Surveying: All measurement necessary to lay out the work and all construction staking which includes, but is not limited to, establishing property subgrade for earthwork, grade for the finish surfaces of A.C. pavement shall be done by the Contractor at his/her expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for assuring that the mineral aggregate meets all requirements and, when processed, is fully capable of providing asphaltic concrete which meets all the requirements of these Specifications.
A. Asphalt Cement
1. Paving asphalt shall be grade PG 64-16. Asphalt cement content percentage by weight shall be between 5.0% and 6.0%. The exact amount of bituminous material shall be determined, by testing, in accordance with the mix design's adherence to the requirements of these Specifications.
2. The asphalt-cement shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 711 prepared by the refining of petroleum, and no material matter other than that naturally contained in the asphalt shall be present. It shall be uniform in character, free from water, and shall not foam when heated to 350°F.
3. The asphalt refineries test report or an approved laboratory test report for each shipment of asphalt shall be submitted to the City for approval prior to use. This report shall show the results of all tests as required by these Specifications.
B. Mineral Aggregate
1. Course mineral aggregate shall consist of crushed gravel, crushed rock, or other approved inert materials with similar characteristics, or a combination thereof, conforming to the requirements of these Specifications.
2. Fine mineral aggregate or blend material shall consist of natural sand or of sand prepared from rock, or other approved inert materials, or a combination thereof, conforming to the requirements of these Specifications.
3. Mineral aggregate furnished for mix designs shall be representative of the source and sampled from the materials stockpiles to be utilized in asphaltic concrete production for this project. Deviation from the designated stockpiles shall result in further testing for its compliance to the approved mix design. All costs for this testing will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Mix designs shall be performed utilizing mineral aggregate which conforms to the grading limits in the Table below:
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
MIX DESIGN GRADING LIMITS
Percentage by Weight Sieve Size Passing Sieve
3/4 inch 97-100 1/2 inch 85-100 3/8 inch 70- 90 No. 4 50- 75 No. 8 35- 65 No. 30 20- 40 No. 200 2 - 8
Mineral aggregate shall conform to the following requirements in the following table when tested in accordance with the applicable test methods: 4. Mineral Aggregate Characteristics
Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Combined Bulk Specific AASHTO T 85, Gravity Arizona Test Method 211 2.35 - 2.85
Combined Water AASHTO T 85, Absorption Arizona Test Method 211 0 - 2.5
Sand Equivalent AASHTO T 176 Minimum 45% Crushed Faces Arizona Test Method 212 Minimum 30% Abrasion AASHTO T 96 100 Rev., Max 9% 500 Rev., Max 40%
Tests on aggregates outlined in the Table above shall be performed on materials furnished for mix design purposes and composited to the mix design gradation.
5. Mineral Admixture
1. If the mix design includes a mineral admixture, the amount used shall be 1.0 to 2.0 percent, by weight, of the mineral aggregate, with the exact amount to be specified in the mix design proposal. Mineral admixture shall be either Portland Cement, blended hydraulic cement, or lime conforming to the requirements of the following Table:
2. Mineral Admixture
Material Requirement
Portland Cement, Type I or II ASTM C 150 Blended Hydraulic Cement, Type IP ASTM C 595 Lime, Type N or S ASTM C 207
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
3. Mix Design
a. Mix designs for asphaltic concrete shall meet the criteria in the Table below when tested in accordance with the applicable test methods. Arizona Test Criteria Requirements Method
Voids in Mineral Aggregate, Percent, Range 15-18 815
Effective Voids, Percent, Range 4-6 815
Index of Retained Strength Percent, Minimum 75 802
Wet Strength, psi, Minimum 150 802
Stability, Pounds, Minimum 2000 815
Flow, 0.01 Inches, Range 8-16 815
F. Lane Marking Paint: Alkyd-resin type, ready-mixed complying with AASHTO M 248, Type I. Colors as required by local standards.
G. Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered and approved by Environmental Protection Agency. Provide granular, liquid, or wettable powder form.
H. Wheel Stops: Precast, air-entrained concrete, 2500-psi minimum compressive strength, 4- 1/2 inches high by 9 inches wide by 72 inches long. Provide chamfered corners and drainage slots on underside and holes for anchoring to substrate. Dowels shall be galvanized steel, 3/4- inch diameter, 10-inch minimum length. Provide asphalt mastic for bedding wheel stops.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. General: Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before applying herbicide treatment.
B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction.
C. Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
D. Herbicide Treatment: Apply chemical weed control agent in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommended dosages and application instructions. Apply to compacted, dry subbase.
3.2 ASPHALT PLACEMENT: Placement of asphaltic concrete shall be as described herein. All Portland Cement Concrete shall be placed prior to asphaltic concrete.
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
A. Transporting Mixture
1. Trucks used in hauling the mixture shall have tight, clear, smooth compartment, lightly oiled to prevent the mixture from adhering to the body. If required by the Project Inspector, the load shall be covered with a tarpaulin to prevent loss of heat. Mixtures which have cooled in transport shall be rejected. Hauling over freshly laid asphaltic concrete pavement will not be permitted.
B. Equipment
1. General - All equipment and tools used on the work shall be subject to approval of the Owner’s Representative, and shall be maintained in good condition and proper working order. Mixtures shall not be placed when atmospheric temperature is below 50°F, or unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative, on wet or frozen surfaces or if the weather is rainy or if rain is imminent. The temperature of the asphaltic concrete, immediately behind the laydown machine shall be a minimum of 250°F but shall not exceed 350°F. Unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative, the mixture shall be placed in uniform strips approximately 8-10 feet in width for the full width to be paved. The material shall be spread in a layer of such thickness that, when compacted, the pavement will be of the required thickness and smoothness.
2. When spreading cannot be done by machines, it shall be done with shovels and rakes.
3. Placing and finishing by Means of a Self-Propelled Paving Machine: Except when placing asphaltic concrete under certain conditions or at certain locations where the Owner’s Representative deems the use of automatic controls impracticable, all courses of asphaltic concrete shall be placed and finished by means of self- propelled paving machines equipped with an automatic control system.
a. The self-propelled paving machine shall be equipped with an automatic control system which will control the elevation of the screed at each end and which is automatically actuated by a system of sensor-operated devices which sense and follow reference lines or surfaces on one or on both sides of the machine as required.
b. Failure of the automatic control system to function properly may be cause for the suspension of the asphaltic concrete operations until such time as the automatic control system has been made operative and is functioning properly.
c. The screed shall be maintained at the proper elevation at each end by controlling the elevation of one end directly and the other end indirectly through controlling the transverse slope and alternately, when directed, by controlling the elevation of each end independently.
d. The automatic control system shall be capable of working with the following items which shall be furnished with the machine and used when laying the asphaltic concrete roadway:
Ski-type device at least 30 feet in length. Short ski or shoe.
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
e. The asphaltic concrete shall be deposited directly into the paving machine from the hauling vehicle, spread and compacted in a dense layer with a smooth surface. The screed assembly shall be heated when required to facilitate finishing the surface.
f. Before final acceptance, all paved surfaces shall be water tested for drainage in the presence of the Owner’s Representative. Any areas not draining properly shall be corrected to the Owner’s Representative's satisfaction at the Contractor's expense.
4. Compacting and Rolling: Compacting and smoothing shall be accomplished by the use of self-propelled equipment. Compactors shall be pneumatic tired and/or tandem powered vibrating steel wheel and shall be approved by the Owner’s Representative.
a. Compactors shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Compactors shall be designed and properly maintained so that they are capable of accomplishing the required compaction.
b. Steel wheel compactors shall weigh not less than eight tons.
c. Pneumatic tired compactors shall be the oscillating type with at least seven pneumatic tires of equal size and diameter. Wobble-wheel compactors will not be permitted. The tires shall be spaced so that the gaps between adjacent tires will be covered by the following tires. The tires shall be capable of being inflated to 90 pounds per square inch and maintained so that the air pressure will not vary more than five pounds per square inch from the designated pressure. Pneumatic tired compactors shall be constructed so that the total weight of the compactor will be varied to produce an operating weight per tire of not less than 5,000 pounds.
d. Pneumatic tired compactors shall be equipped with skirt-type devices mounted around the tires so that the temperature of the tires will be maintained during the compaction process.
5. Rolling Method Procedure
a. Compaction control shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Contractor shall establish a rolling pattern at sequence of coverages using specified types of compactors to achieve a minimum 100% compaction for aggregate base course and 95% compaction for asphaltic material. A pass shall be defined as one movement of a compactor in either direction. Coverage shall be the number of passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. The finish pass shall be by static steel wheel.
b. Initial and intermediate compaction shall be accomplished before the temperature of the pavement surface falls below 200°F.
c. Steel wheel compactors shall not be used in the vibrating mode for courses of one-inch (1") or less in nominal thickness nor when the temperature of the asphaltic concrete falls below 180° F.
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
6. Joints - All joints shall be finished to the same denseness and smoothness as other sections of the pavement. Joints between old and new work or between successive days' work shall be made so as to ensure a continuous bond between old and new sections of the pavement. All contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be painted with a thin, uniform coat of a bituminous material just before the fresh mixture is placed.
a. Transverse - The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of freshly laid mixture except when the work is to be discontinued. The edge of the previously laid course shall be cut the full depth of the course to present an even, vertical edge.
b. Longitudinal - When the edges of the longitudinal joints are irregular, poorly compacted, or otherwise unsatisfactory, the edges shall be cut back to present a straight, even edge for the full thickness of the course.
7. Edges of Pavement - The edges of the pavement shall be trimmed neatly to line while the course is being finished.
8. Joining New Pavement to Existing Structures - Edges of compacted or concrete pavement, against which new material is to be laid, shall first be given a coat of emulsion SS-1H cut back 50% with water prior to placing the new mixture. In no event shall more tack coat be applied in one day than will be covered by bituminous mix materials during that same day. Tack coat against existing structures or pavement is considered incidental to this item, and no additional payment will be made for this item. All existing asphalt to be joined by new asphalt shall be saw cut.
9. Protection of Pavement - The pavement shall not be used for vehicular traffic of any kind until the pavement has cooled sufficiently after final rolling and the Owner’s Representative has so ordered.
3.3 SMOOTHNESS TESTS - The finished surface shall be smooth and to specified grade. It shall have the thickness specified and shall not vary more than ¼-inch from the specified thickness. Any spots deficient in thickness shall be cut out and replaced with fresh mixture which shall be properly bonded to the existing pavement. The finished surface shall not have depressions in excess of 1/8-inch when measured with a 10-foot straight-edge. Any variation shall be corrected by adding or removing material as required. After the final rolling, the surface shall be tested again and any irregularities in excess of the specified tolerances shall be corrected by removing the defective work and replacing with new material. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, at least one 10-foot straight-edge, true to line for its entire length.
Thickness - The thickness shall be as designated on the plans.
3.4 TRAFFIC AND LANE MARKINGS
A. Allow asphalt to cure for at least 30 days prior beginning striping work.
B. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust.
C. Striping: Do not apply traffic and lane marking paint until layout and placement have been verified with Architect. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges in configurations shown. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide minimum 12 to 15 mils dry thickness.
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 7
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
D. Wheel Stops: Install at indicated locations using ground spikes; set in full bed of mastic.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Testing in-place hot-mixed asphalt courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness will be done by Owner's testing laboratory. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Architect.
B. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D 3549 will not be acceptable if exceeding following allowable variations:
1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 2. Surface Course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch.
END OF SECTION 321216
HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 8
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 321313 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. All site work shown on the Civil and Architectural Site Plans shall be in accordance with Pima County/City of Tucson Standard Specifications for Public Improvements - except as modified on the above mentioned plans.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior Portland cement concrete paving for the following:
1. Curbs and gutters. 2. Walkways, ramps, patios, and other exterior non-structural concrete paving.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Section 312000 - Earthwork for subgrade preparation and grading. 3. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete for general criteria applying to work of this section and for general building applications of concrete.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Concrete Standards: Comply with provisions of the following standards, except where more stringent requirements are indicated.
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." 4. Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2004, Pima County and City of Tucson, excluding sections on payment and measurement, unless otherwise shown on plans.
B. All work under this section shall be in accordance with the materials and workmanship requirements of SECTION 908, entitled CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS, of the latest edition of the Pima County/City of Tucson Standard Specifications for Public Improvements, as well as Standard Details Section 200.
C. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 1
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMS
A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces.
1. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100-foot or less radius and to produce configurations as shown on site paving.
B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form-release agent with a maximum of 350 mg/l volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33.
C. Water: Potable.
2.3 ADMIXTURES: Provide for concrete paving as specified in Section 033000.
2.4 CURING MATERIALS
A. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A or B, wax free.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Bonding Agent: Acrylic or styrene butadiene.
B. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit requirements.
2.6 CONCRETE MIX
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
1. Do not use the Owner's field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing agency.
B. Proportion mixes according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties:
1. Compressive Strength (28-Day): 2500 psi. 2. Slump: Comply with Section 033000.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 2
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.7 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
B. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
3.2 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for paving to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
1. Provide block-outs or additional forming as needed to produce colored concrete pattern areas as shown on the drawings.
B. Check completed formwork and screeds for grade and alignment to following tolerances:
1. Top of Forms: Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Vertical Face on Longitudinal Axis: Not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage.
3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials.
C. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
3.4 JOINTS
A. General: Construct contraction, construction, and isolation joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless indicated otherwise.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 3
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
B. Contraction Joints: Provide weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on Drawings. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness, as follows:
1. Tooled Joints: Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with a radiused jointer tool. 2. Inserts: Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strips into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with paving surface. Radius each joint edge with a jointer tool. Carefully remove strips or caps of two-piece assemblies after concrete has hardened. Clean groove of loose debris.
C. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, unless paving terminates at isolation joints.
1. Provide preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys, unless indicated otherwise. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip paving unless indicated. 3. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. 4. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete.
D. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, building foundations, other fixed objects, and where indicated.
1. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet, unless indicated otherwise. Locate contraction joints at 20 feet on center, or as shown on drawings. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface when no joint sealant is required. 3. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. 4. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint.
3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work.
B. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish elevation and alignment.
C. Comply with requirements and with ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. Add color admixture to concrete at plant in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 4
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. When concrete placing is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint.
E. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
F. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying with ACI 309R.
1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand- spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices.
G. Screed paved surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
1. Radius Edges: Provide minimum 3/8” radius edges for all flatwork.
H. Place concrete in two operations; strike off initial pour for entire width of placement and to the required depth below finish surface. Lay welded wire fabric or fabricated bar mats immediately in final position. Place top layer of concrete, strike off, and screed.
1. Remove and replace portions of bottom layer of concrete that have been placed more than 15 minutes without being covered by top layer or use bonding agent if acceptable to Architect.
I. Curbs and Gutters: Comply with local Standards and details on drawings.
J. CONCRETE FINISHING
1. Float Finish: For concrete to receive specified finishes, begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10-foot-long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture.
2. Broom Finish: Provide at typical new paving to match existing.
K. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to a smooth radius. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.
3.6 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Control: In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 5
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface.
D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING: Test concrete in accordance with Section 033000.
A. Remove and replace any concrete sections (from joint to joint or other logical stopping point) that has been damaged during construction processes prior to Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 321313
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 6
PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SECTION 323113 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Chain-link fencing.
2. Horizontal sliding gates.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete for cast-in-place concrete post footings.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for chain-link fences and gates.
1. Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings. 2. Chain-link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments. 3. Accessories: Privacy slats. 4. Gates and hardware.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC
A. General: Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist. Comply with CLFMI Product Manual and with requirements indicated below:
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 1 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Fabric Height: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Steel Wire Fabric: 9 ga.
a. Mesh Size: 2 inches. b. Zinc-Coated Fabric: ASTM A 392, Type II, Class 2, 2.0 oz./sq. ft. with zinc coating applied before weaving.
c. Coat selvage ends of fabric that is metallic coated before the weaving process with manufacturer's standard clear protective coating.
3. Selvage: Knuckled at both selvages.
2.2 FENCE FRAMING
A. Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing, including rails, braces, and line; terminal; and corner posts. Provide members with minimum dimensions and wall thickness according to ASTM F 1043 or ASTM F 1083 based on the following:
1. Fence Height: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Vertical Framing Members: Material Group IC-L, round steel pipe, electric-resistance- welded pipe.
a. Line Post – Up to 8’: 2-3/8” O.D. DQ-40 pipe, 3.12 lbs/ft.
b. End, Corner and Pull Post: Up to 8’: 2-7/8” O.D. DQ-40 pipe, 4.47 lbs/ft
3. Horizontal Framework Members: Top, intermediate and bottom rails complying with ASTM F 1043
a. Top Rail: 1-5/8” O.D. CQ-20 pipe, 1.43 lbs/ft, Top rail 21’ length joined with 1-5/8” sleeve.
b. Bottom Rail: 1-5/8” O.D. CQ-20 pipe connected to line post with rail clamp.
4. Brace Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043. 5. Metallic Coating for Steel Framing:
a. Type A, consisting of not less than minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. average zinc coating per ASTM A 123/A 123M or 4.0-oz./sq. ft. (zinc coating per ASTM A 653/A 653M.
2.3 SWING GATES
A. Industrial swing gate frames and dimensions determine gate-post material, size, and weight according to ASTM F 900 for gates up to 24 feet (7.3 m) wide. If default values do not suit Project, insert sizes and minimum weights of components. Require verification that components not covered by ASTM standards comply with or exceed structural and coating requirements in ASTM F 900.
B. General: Comply with ASTM F 900 for gate posts and double swing gate types.
1. Gate Leaf Widths and Heights: As indicated.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 2 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
C. Pipe and Tubing:
1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Comply with ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083; manufacturer's standard protective coating and finish.
a. Gate Framing – 1-7/8” O.D. CQ-20 pipe, 4.47 lbs/ft 2. Gate Posts, Frames and Bracing: Round tubular steel. a. 2-7/8” O.D. DQ-40 pipe, 4.47 lbs/ft
D. Frame Corner Construction: Welded.
E. Hardware:
1. Hinges 180 deg. direction of swing shown. 2. Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate with provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate. 3. Provide cane bolt for each leaf with retainer on frame and receiver at ground. Padlock hasp may be incorporated into cane bolt.
2.4 HORIZONTAL-SLIDE GATES
A. Horizontal-slide gate frames, dimensions, and gate type determine size and weight of gate posts according to ASTM F 1184. If default values do not suit Project, insert sizes and minimum weights of components. Require verification that components not covered by ASTM standards comply with or exceed structural and coating requirements in ASTM F 1184.
B. General: Comply with ASTM F 1184 for gate posts and single sliding gate types.
Classification: Type II Cantilever Slide, Class 1 with external roller assemblies.
c. Pipe and Tubing:
1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Protective coating and finish to match fence framing. 2. Gate Posts, Frames and Bracing: Comply with ASTM F 1184. Provide round tubular steel posts.
F. Frame Corner Construction: Welded or assembled with corner fittings.
G. Extended Gate Posts and Frame Members: Extend gate posts and frame end members above top of chain-link fabric at both ends of gate frame 12 inches as required to attach barbed wire assemblies.
H. Hardware:
1. Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate with provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate.
2. V-Track: Galvanized heavy duty inverted angle track with threaded rods for mounting in ground level concrete header.
3. Rollers: Heavy duty wheels with steel grooves for engaging v-track.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 3 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
2.3 FITTINGS
A. General: Comply with ASTM F 626.
B. Post Caps: Provide for each post.
C. Rail and Brace Ends: For each gate, corner, pull, and end post.
D. Barbed Wire Arms: Pressed steel or cast iron wiith clips, slots, or other means for attaching strands of barbed wire, and means for attaching to posts or integral with post cap] for each post, and as follows:
1. Provide line posts with arms that accommodate top rail or tension wire. 2. Provide corner arms at fence corner posts, unless extended posts are indicated. 3. Type I, single slanted arm.
D. Rail Fittings: Provide the following:
1. Top Rail Sleeves: Pressed-steel or round-steel tubing not less than 6 inches long. 2. Rail Clamps: Line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting intermediate rails in the fence line-to-line posts.
E. Tension and Brace Bands: Pressed steel.
F. Tension Bars: Steel length not less than 2 inches shorter than full height of chain-link fabric. Provide one bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post, unless fabric is integrally woven into post. 3/16” x ¾” in size.
G. Truss Rod Assemblies: Steel, hot-dip galvanized after threading rod and turnbuckle or other means of adjustment.
H. Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners: According to ASTM F 626.
1. Standard Round Wire Ties: For attaching chain-link fabric to posts, rails, and frames. ¼” 9 ga. wire spaced 15” o.c. for line posts and 18” o.c. for rails.
2.3 BARBED WIRE
1. Steel Barbed Wire: Comply with ASTM A 121, for two-strand barbed wire, 0.099-inch- (2.51- mm-) diameter line wire with 0.080-inch- (2.03-mm-) diameter, four-point round barbs spaced not more than 5 inches (127 mm) o.c.
2. Zinc Coating: Type Z, Class 3.
2.4 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
A. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic- controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 4 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install chain-link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements indicated.
3.3 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION
A. Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed soil.
B. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil.
1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices. 2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts to dimensions indicated and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter.
a. Exposed Concrete: Extend 2 inches above grade; shape and smooth to shed water. b. Posts Set into Concrete in Sleeves: Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, and finished sloped to drain water away from post. c. Posts Set into Voids in Concrete: Form or core drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, and finished sloped to drain water away from post. d. Footing Sizes: Up to 5’ Fence: 8” dia. X 24” deep Up to 8’ Fence: 8” dia. X 24” deep
C. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment. Same footing as posts.
D. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet o.c. Same footing as posts.
E. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Diagonally brace terminal posts to adjacent line posts with truss rods and turnbuckles. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 5 PINAL COUNTY BWS 1713.000 ORACLE MAINTENANCE FACILITY CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
1. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric 72 inches or higher, on fences with top rail and at two-third fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension.
F. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer.
G. Intermediate and Bottom Rails: Install and secure to posts with fittings.
H. Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to inside of enclosing framework. Leave 2 inches between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released.
I. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c.
J. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing.
K. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts.
L. Barbed Wire: Install barbed wire uniformly spaced at angle to match existing. Pull wire taut, install securely to extension arms, and secure to end post or terminal arms.
3.4 GATE INSTALLATION
A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper- resistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding.
END OF SECTION 323113
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 6